projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Re: PR25993, read of freed memory
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-ppc.c
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
27
28 #include "sysdep.h"
29 #include <stdarg.h>
30 #include "bfd.h"
31 #include "bfdlink.h"
32 #include "libbfd.h"
33 #include "elf-bfd.h"
34 #include "elf/ppc.h"
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
37 #include "dwarf2.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
39
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
42
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
44 {
45 split16a_type = 0,
46 split16d_type
47 }
48 split16_format_type;
49
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
51
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
56
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
63
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
65 section. */
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
67
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
71
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
75 ((4*4 \
76 + (h != NULL \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
81
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
83
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
88 {
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
96 0x60000000, /* nop */
97 };
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
100 {
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
109 };
110
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
115 {
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
124 };
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
127 {
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
136 };
137
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
140
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
146 a shared library. */
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
148
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
157 #define B 0x48000000
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
181
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
185
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
191 \f
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
205
206 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
207
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
212
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
216
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
221
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
225
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
229
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
233
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
238
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
243
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
249
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
255
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
259
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
263
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
266 zero. */
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
269
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
272 be zero. */
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
275
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
277 symbol. */
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
280
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
282 the symbol. */
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
285
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
287 the symbol. */
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
290
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
292 the symbol. */
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
295
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
300
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
308
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
310 entries. */
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
313
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
317
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
320 addend. */
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
323
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
329
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
333
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
337
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
341
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
346
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
351
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
353 the symbol. */
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
356
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
358 the symbol. */
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
361
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
363 the symbol. */
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
366
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
368 small data items. */
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
371
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
375
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
379
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
383
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
387
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
391
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
394
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
397
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
401
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
404
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
409
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
415
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
419
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
423
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
427
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
431
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
436
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
440
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
444
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
448
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
452
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
458
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
462
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
466
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
470
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
473 first entry. */
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
476
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
480
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
484
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
488
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
493
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
497
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
501
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
505
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
510
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
514
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
518
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
522
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
525
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
529
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
533
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
537
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
541
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
544 is negative. */
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
547
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
553
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
559
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
561 small data items. */
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
564
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
570
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
577
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
583
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
587
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
591
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
595
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
599
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
603
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
607
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
611
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
615
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
619
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
625
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
629
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
633
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
637
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
641
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
645
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
649
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
653
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
657
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
660
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
664
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
668
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
672
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
677
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
681
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
685
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
688 NULL),
689
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
692 NULL),
693
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
697 };
698 \f
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
700
701 static void
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
703 {
704 unsigned int i, type;
705
706 for (i = 0;
707 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
708 i++)
709 {
710 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
711 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
713 abort ();
714 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
715 }
716 }
717
718 static reloc_howto_type *
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
721 {
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
723
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
727
728 switch (code)
729 {
730 default:
731 return NULL;
732
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
838 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
839 break;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
841 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
842 break;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
844 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
845 break;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
847 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
848 break;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
850 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
851 break;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
853 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
854 break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
863 }
864
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
866 };
867
868 static reloc_howto_type *
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
870 const char *r_name)
871 {
872 unsigned int i;
873
874 for (i = 0;
875 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
876 i++)
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
880
881 return NULL;
882 }
883
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
885
886 static bfd_boolean
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
888 arelent *cache_ptr,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
890 {
891 unsigned int r_type;
892
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
896
897 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
898 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
899 {
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
902 abfd, r_type);
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
904 return FALSE;
905 }
906
907 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
908
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
912 {
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
915 abfd, r_type);
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
917
918 return FALSE;
919 }
920
921 return TRUE;
922 }
923
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
925
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
928 arelent *reloc_entry,
929 asymbol *symbol,
930 void *data,
931 asection *input_section,
932 bfd *output_bfd,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
934 {
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
936 long insn;
937 bfd_size_type octets;
938 bfd_vma value;
939
940 if (output_bfd != NULL)
941 {
942 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
943 return bfd_reloc_ok;
944 }
945
946 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
947 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
948 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue;
950
951 value = 0;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
953 value = symbol->value;
954 value += (reloc_entry->addend
955 + symbol->section->output_offset
956 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
957 value -= (reloc_entry->address
958 + input_section->output_offset
959 + input_section->output_section->vma);
960 value >>= 16;
961
962 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
963 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
964 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
965 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 return bfd_reloc_ok;
968 }
969
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
972 arelent *reloc_entry,
973 asymbol *symbol,
974 void *data,
975 asection *input_section,
976 bfd *output_bfd,
977 char **error_message)
978 {
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
981 link time. */
982 if (output_bfd != NULL)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
984 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
985
986 if (error_message != NULL)
987 {
988 static char buf[60];
989 sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry->howto->name);
991 *error_message = buf;
992 }
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
994 }
995 \f
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 {
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 asection *section;
1002 /* Section name. */
1003 const char *name;
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t;
1011
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1015
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 {
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 bfd_vma offset;
1022 /* addend used */
1023 bfd_vma addend;
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1027
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 {
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1031
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1035
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1039 };
1040
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1052
1053 static bfd_boolean
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1055 {
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1057 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1058 }
1059
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1061
1062 bfd_boolean
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1064 {
1065 unsigned long mach = 0;
1066 asection *s;
1067 unsigned char *contents;
1068
1069 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1071 {
1072
1073 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1075 break;
1076 if (s != NULL)
1077 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1078 }
1079
1080 if (mach == 0)
1081 {
1082 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1083 if (s != NULL
1084 && s->size >= 24
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1086 {
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1088 unsigned int i;
1089
1090 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1091 {
1092 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1093 switch (val >> 16)
1094 {
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1097 if (mach == 0)
1098 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1099 break;
1100
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1103 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1105 break;
1106
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1110 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1111 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1112 break;
1113
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1115 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1116 break;
1117
1118 default:
1119 mach = -1ul;
1120 }
1121 }
1122 free (contents);
1123 }
1124 }
1125
1126 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1127 {
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1129
1130 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1131 if (arch->mach == mach)
1132 {
1133 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1134 break;
1135 }
1136 }
1137 return TRUE;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1142
1143 static bfd_boolean
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1145 {
1146 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1147 return TRUE;
1148
1149 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1150 {
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1152
1153 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1154 {
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1158 }
1159 }
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1161 }
1162
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1164
1165 static bfd_boolean
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1167 {
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1170
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1173 return TRUE;
1174 }
1175
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1177
1178 static bfd_boolean
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1180 {
1181 int offset;
1182 unsigned int size;
1183
1184 switch (note->descsz)
1185 {
1186 default:
1187 return FALSE;
1188
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 /* pr_cursig */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1192
1193 /* pr_pid */
1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1195
1196 /* pr_reg */
1197 offset = 72;
1198 size = 192;
1199
1200 break;
1201 }
1202
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1205 size, note->descpos + offset);
1206 }
1207
1208 static bfd_boolean
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1210 {
1211 switch (note->descsz)
1212 {
1213 default:
1214 return FALSE;
1215
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1223 }
1224
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1228
1229 {
1230 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1231 int n = strlen (command);
1232
1233 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1234 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1235 }
1236
1237 return TRUE;
1238 }
1239
1240 static char *
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1242 {
1243 switch (note_type)
1244 {
1245 default:
1246 return NULL;
1247
1248 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1249 {
1250 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1251 va_list ap;
1252
1253 va_start (ap, note_type);
1254 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1255 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1261 */
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1263 #endif
1264 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1267 #endif
1268 va_end (ap);
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1270 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1271 }
1272
1273 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1274 {
1275 char data[268];
1276 va_list ap;
1277 long pid;
1278 int cursig;
1279 const void *greg;
1280
1281 va_start (ap, note_type);
1282 memset (data, 0, 72);
1283 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1285 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1287 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1289 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1290 va_end (ap);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1292 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1293 }
1294 }
1295 }
1296
1297 static flagword
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1299 {
1300
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1302 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1303
1304 return 0;
1305 }
1306
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1309
1310 static bfd_vma
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1312 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1313 const arelent *rel)
1314 {
1315 return rel->address;
1316 }
1317
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 type. */
1321
1322 static bfd_boolean
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1325 const char *name,
1326 int shindex)
1327 {
1328 asection *newsect;
1329 flagword flags;
1330
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1332 return FALSE;
1333
1334 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1335 flags = 0;
1336 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1337 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1338
1339 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1340 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1341
1342 if (strncmp (name, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1343 name += 8;
1344 if (strncmp (name, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1347
1348 return (flags == 0
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1350 }
1351
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1353
1354 static bfd_boolean
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1357 asection *asect)
1358 {
1359 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1360 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1361
1362 return TRUE;
1363 }
1364
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1367
1368 static int
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1370 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1371 {
1372 asection *s;
1373 int ret = 0;
1374
1375 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1377 ++ret;
1378
1379 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1381 ++ret;
1382
1383 return ret;
1384 }
1385
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1387
1388 bfd_boolean
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1390 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1391 {
1392 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1393
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1399
1400 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1401 {
1402 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1403 size_t amt;
1404 unsigned int j, k;
1405 unsigned int p_flags;
1406
1407 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1408 continue;
1409
1410 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1411 {
1412 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1413 p_flags |= PF_W;
1414 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1415 {
1416 p_flags |= PF_X;
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1418 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1419 break;
1420 }
1421 }
1422 if (j != m->count)
1423 while (++j != m->count)
1424 {
1425 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1426
1427 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1428 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1429 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1430 {
1431 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1433 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1434 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1435 break;
1436 }
1437 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1438 }
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1444 {
1445 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1446 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1447 }
1448 if (j == m->count)
1449 continue;
1450
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1454
1455 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1456 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1457 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1458 if (n == NULL)
1459 return FALSE;
1460
1461 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1462 n->count = m->count - j;
1463 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1464 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1465 m->count = j;
1466 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1467 n->next = m->next;
1468 m->next = n;
1469 }
1470
1471 return TRUE;
1472 }
1473
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1477 2 sections. */
1478
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1480 {
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1490 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1491 };
1492
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1496
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1499 {
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1501
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec->name == NULL)
1504 return NULL;
1505
1506 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1507 sec->use_rela_p);
1508 if (ssect != NULL)
1509 {
1510 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1511 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1512 return ssect;
1513 }
1514
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1516 }
1517 \f
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1520 {
1521 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1522 unsigned long value;
1523 }
1524 apuinfo_list;
1525
1526 static apuinfo_list *head;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set;
1528
1529 static void
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1531 {
1532 head = NULL;
1533 apuinfo_set = FALSE;
1534 }
1535
1536 static void
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1538 {
1539 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1540
1541 while (entry != NULL)
1542 {
1543 if (entry->value == value)
1544 return;
1545 entry = entry->next;
1546 }
1547
1548 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1549 if (entry == NULL)
1550 return;
1551
1552 entry->value = value;
1553 entry->next = head;
1554 head = entry;
1555 }
1556
1557 static unsigned
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1559 {
1560 apuinfo_list *entry;
1561 unsigned long count;
1562
1563 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1564 entry;
1565 entry = entry->next)
1566 ++ count;
1567
1568 return count;
1569 }
1570
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1573 {
1574 apuinfo_list * entry;
1575
1576 for (entry = head;
1577 entry && number --;
1578 entry = entry->next)
1579 ;
1580
1581 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1582 }
1583
1584 static void
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1586 {
1587 apuinfo_list *entry;
1588
1589 for (entry = head; entry;)
1590 {
1591 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1592 free (entry);
1593 entry = next;
1594 }
1595
1596 head = NULL;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1601
1602 static void
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1604 {
1605 bfd *ibfd;
1606 asection *asec;
1607 char *buffer = NULL;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1609 unsigned i;
1610 unsigned long length;
1611 const char *error_message = NULL;
1612
1613 if (link_info == NULL)
1614 return;
1615
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1617
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1620 {
1621 unsigned long datum;
1622
1623 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1624 if (asec == NULL)
1625 continue;
1626
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length = asec->size;
1630 if (length < 20)
1631 goto fail;
1632
1633 apuinfo_set = TRUE;
1634 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1635 {
1636 free (buffer);
1637 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1638 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1639 if (!buffer)
1640 return;
1641 }
1642
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1645 {
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1648 goto fail;
1649 }
1650
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1655 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1656 goto fail;
1657
1658 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1659 if (datum != 0x2)
1660 goto fail;
1661
1662 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1663 goto fail;
1664
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1667 if (datum + 20 != length)
1668 goto fail;
1669
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1673 }
1674
1675 error_message = NULL;
1676
1677 if (apuinfo_set)
1678 {
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1681
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1684
1685 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1686 {
1687 ibfd = abfd;
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1690 }
1691 }
1692
1693 fail:
1694 free (buffer);
1695
1696 if (error_message)
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1698 }
1699
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1702
1703 static bfd_boolean
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1705 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1706 asection *asec,
1707 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1708 {
1709 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1710 }
1711
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1713
1714 static void
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1716 {
1717 bfd_byte *buffer;
1718 asection *asec;
1719 unsigned i;
1720 unsigned num_entries;
1721 bfd_size_type length;
1722
1723 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1724 if (asec == NULL)
1725 return;
1726
1727 if (!apuinfo_set)
1728 return;
1729
1730 length = asec->size;
1731 if (length < 20)
1732 return;
1733
1734 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1735 if (buffer == NULL)
1736 {
1737 _bfd_error_handler
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1739 return;
1740 }
1741
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1748
1749 length = 20;
1750 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1751 {
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1753 length += 4;
1754 }
1755
1756 if (length != asec->size)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1758
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1761
1762 free (buffer);
1763
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1765 }
1766
1767 static bfd_boolean
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1769 {
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1772 }
1773 \f
1774 static bfd_boolean
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1776 {
1777 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1778
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1780 return FALSE;
1781
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1786 }
1787
1788 static bfd_boolean
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1790 {
1791 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1792 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1793 && section->vma <= vma
1794 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1795 }
1796
1797 static long
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1799 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1800 asymbol **ret)
1801 {
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
1803 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1806 bfd_vma stub_off;
1807 asymbol *s;
1808 arelent *p;
1809 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1810 size_t size;
1811 char *names;
1812 bfd_byte buf[4];
1813
1814 *ret = NULL;
1815
1816 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1817 return 0;
1818
1819 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1820 return 0;
1821
1822 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1823 if (relplt == NULL)
1824 return 0;
1825
1826 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1827 if (plt == NULL)
1828 return 0;
1829
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1833 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1834
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic != NULL)
1839 {
1840 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1841 size_t extdynsize;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1843
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1845 return -1;
1846
1847 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1848 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1849
1850 extdyn = dynbuf;
1851 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
1852 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1853 {
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1856
1857 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1858 break;
1859
1860 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1861 {
1862 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1863 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1864 if (got != NULL
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1866 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1868 break;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 free (dynbuf);
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1875 if (glink_vma == 0)
1876 {
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1879 }
1880
1881 if (glink_vma == 0)
1882 return 0;
1883
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1888 if (glink == NULL)
1889 return 0;
1890
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1894 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1895 {
1896 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1897
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1899 insn ^= B;
1900 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1902
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1905 for (i = 4;
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1907 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1908 i += 4)
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1910 {
1911 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1912 break;
1913 }
1914 }
1915
1916 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1924 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1926 break;
1927 if (stub_delta > 32)
1928 return 0;
1929
1930 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
1932 return -1;
1933
1934 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1935 p = relplt->relocation;
1936 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1937 {
1938 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1939 if (p->addend != 0)
1940 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1941 }
1942
1943 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1944
1945 if (resolv_vma)
1946 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1947
1948 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1949 if (s == NULL)
1950 return -1;
1951
1952 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1953 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1954 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1955 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1956 {
1957 size_t len;
1958
1959 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1961 stub_off -= 32;
1962 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1966 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1967 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1968 s->section = glink;
1969 s->value = stub_off;
1970 s->name = names;
1971 s->udata.p = NULL;
1972 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1973 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1974 names += len;
1975 if (p->addend != 0)
1976 {
1977 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1980 names += strlen (names);
1981 }
1982 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1984 ++s;
1985 --p;
1986 }
1987
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1990 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1991 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1992 s->section = glink;
1993 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1994 s->name = names;
1995 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names += sizeof ("__glink");
1997 s++;
1998 count++;
1999
2000 if (resolv_vma)
2001 {
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2004 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2005 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2006 s->section = glink;
2007 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2008 s->name = names;
2009 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2011 s++;
2012 count++;
2013 }
2014
2015 return count;
2016 }
2017 \f
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2023 called. */
2024
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2027 struct plt_entry
2028 {
2029 struct plt_entry *next;
2030
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2036 bfd_vma addend;
2037
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2039 asection *sec;
2040
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2042 union
2043 {
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2045 bfd_vma offset;
2046 } plt;
2047
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2050 };
2051
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2055
2056 static int
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2059 {
2060 switch (r_type)
2061 {
2062 default:
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2067 return 1;
2068
2069 case R_PPC_REL24:
2070 case R_PPC_REL14:
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2073 case R_PPC_REL32:
2074 return 0;
2075
2076 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2077 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2084 }
2085 }
2086
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2090 shared lib. */
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2092
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2095 {
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2097
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2099 asection *sec;
2100
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count : 31;
2103
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2106 };
2107
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2109
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2111 {
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2113
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2118
2119 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2120 struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2121
2122 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2123 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2124 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2125 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2126 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2127 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2128 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2129 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2130 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2131 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2132 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2133 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2134 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2135 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2136 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2137 unsigned char tls_mask;
2138
2139 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2140 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2141 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2142 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2143 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2144
2145 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2146 symbol. */
2147 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2148
2149 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2150 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2151 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2152 };
2153
2154 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2155
2156 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2157
2158 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2159 {
2160 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2161
2162 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2163 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2164
2165 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2166 asection *glink;
2167 asection *dynsbss;
2168 asection *relsbss;
2169 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2170 asection *sbss;
2171 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2172 asection *pltlocal;
2173 asection *relpltlocal;
2174
2175 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2176 asection *srelplt2;
2177
2178 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2179 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2180
2181 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2182 bfd *old_bfd;
2183
2184 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2185 union {
2186 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2187 bfd_vma offset;
2188 } tlsld_got;
2189
2190 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2191 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2192
2193 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2194 unsigned int got_header_size;
2195 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2196 unsigned int got_gap;
2197
2198 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2199 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2200
2201 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2202 unsigned int is_vxworks:1;
2203
2204 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2205 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2206 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2207 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2208
2209 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2210 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2211
2212 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2213 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2214
2215 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2216 int plt_entry_size;
2217 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2218 int plt_slot_size;
2219 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2220 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2221
2222 /* Small local sym cache. */
2223 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2224 };
2225
2226 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2227 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2228
2229 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2230 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2231
2232 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2233 relocs. */
2234 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2235
2236 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2237 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2238
2239 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2240
2241 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2242 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2243 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2244
2245 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2246
2247 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2248 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2249 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2250 const char *string)
2251 {
2252 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2253 subclass. */
2254 if (entry == NULL)
2255 {
2256 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2257 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2258 if (entry == NULL)
2259 return entry;
2260 }
2261
2262 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2263 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2264 if (entry != NULL)
2265 {
2266 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2267 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2268 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2269 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2270 }
2271
2272 return entry;
2273 }
2274
2275 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2276
2277 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2278 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2279 {
2280 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2281 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2282 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2283
2284 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2285 if (ret == NULL)
2286 return NULL;
2287
2288 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2289 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2290 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2291 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2292 {
2293 free (ret);
2294 return NULL;
2295 }
2296
2297 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2298 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2299 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2300 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2301
2302 ret->params = &default_params;
2303
2304 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2305 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2306 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2307
2308 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2309 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2310 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2311
2312 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2313 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2314 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2315
2316 return &ret->elf.root;
2317 }
2318
2319 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2320
2321 void
2322 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2323 {
2324 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2325
2326 if (htab)
2327 htab->params = params;
2328 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2329 }
2330
2331 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2332
2333 static bfd_boolean
2334 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2335 {
2336 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2337
2338 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2339 return FALSE;
2340
2341 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2342 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
2343 {
2344 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2345 executable. */
2346 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2347 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2348 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2349 return FALSE;
2350 }
2351
2352 return TRUE;
2353 }
2354
2355 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2356 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2357 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2358
2359 static bfd_boolean
2360 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2361 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2362 flagword flags,
2363 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2364 {
2365 asection *s;
2366
2367 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2368 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2369
2370 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2371 if (s == NULL)
2372 return FALSE;
2373 lsect->section = s;
2374
2375 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2376 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2377
2378 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2379 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2380 return FALSE;
2381 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2382 return TRUE;
2383 }
2384
2385 static bfd_boolean
2386 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2387 {
2388 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2389 asection *s;
2390 flagword flags;
2391 int p2align;
2392
2393 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2394 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2395 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2396 htab->glink = s;
2397 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2398 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2399 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2400 if (s == NULL
2401 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2402 return FALSE;
2403
2404 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2405 {
2406 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2407 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2408 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2409 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2410 if (s == NULL
2411 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2412 return FALSE;
2413 }
2414
2415 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2416 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2417 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2418 if (s == NULL
2419 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2420 return FALSE;
2421
2422 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2423 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2424 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2425 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2426 if (s == NULL
2427 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2428 return FALSE;
2429
2430 /* Local plt entries. */
2431 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2432 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2433 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2434 flags);
2435 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2436 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2437 return FALSE;
2438
2439 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2440 {
2441 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2442 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2443 htab->relpltlocal
2444 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2445 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2446 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2447 return FALSE;
2448 }
2449
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2451 &htab->sdata[0]))
2452 return FALSE;
2453
2454 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2455 &htab->sdata[1]))
2456 return FALSE;
2457
2458 return TRUE;
2459 }
2460
2461 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2462 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2463 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2464
2465 static bfd_boolean
2466 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2467 {
2468 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2469 asection *s;
2470 flagword flags;
2471
2472 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2473
2474 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2475 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2476 return FALSE;
2477
2478 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2479 return FALSE;
2480
2481 if (htab->glink == NULL
2482 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2483 return FALSE;
2484
2485 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2486 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2487 htab->dynsbss = s;
2488 if (s == NULL)
2489 return FALSE;
2490
2491 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2492 {
2493 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2494 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2495 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2496 htab->relsbss = s;
2497 if (s == NULL
2498 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2499 return FALSE;
2500 }
2501
2502 if (htab->is_vxworks
2503 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2504 return FALSE;
2505
2506 s = htab->elf.splt;
2507 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2508 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2509 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2510 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2511 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2512 }
2513
2514 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2515
2516 static void
2517 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2518 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2519 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2520 {
2521 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2522
2523 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2524 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2525
2526 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2527 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2528
2529 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2530 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2531 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2532 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2533 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2534 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2535 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2536
2537 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2538 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2539 return;
2540
2541 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2542 {
2543 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2544 {
2545 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2546 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2547
2548 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2549 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2550 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2551 {
2552 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2553
2554 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2555 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2556 {
2557 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2558 q->count += p->count;
2559 *pp = p->next;
2560 break;
2561 }
2562 if (q == NULL)
2563 pp = &p->next;
2564 }
2565 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
2566 }
2567
2568 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
2569 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2570 }
2571
2572 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2573 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2574 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2575 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2576
2577 /* And plt entries. */
2578 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2579 {
2580 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2581 {
2582 struct plt_entry **entp;
2583 struct plt_entry *ent;
2584
2585 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2586 {
2587 struct plt_entry *dent;
2588
2589 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2590 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2591 {
2592 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2593 *entp = ent->next;
2594 break;
2595 }
2596 if (dent == NULL)
2597 entp = &ent->next;
2598 }
2599 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2600 }
2601
2602 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2603 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2604 }
2605
2606 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2607 {
2608 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2609 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2610 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2611 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2612 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2613 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2614 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2615 }
2616 }
2617
2618 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2619 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2620
2621 static bfd_boolean
2622 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2623 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2624 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2625 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2626 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2627 asection **secp,
2628 bfd_vma *valp)
2629 {
2630 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2631 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2632 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2633 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2634 {
2635 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2636 put into .sbss. */
2637 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2638
2639 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2640 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2641 {
2642 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2643
2644 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2645 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2646
2647 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2648 ".sbss",
2649 flags);
2650 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2651 return FALSE;
2652 }
2653
2654 *secp = htab->sbss;
2655 *valp = sym->st_size;
2656 }
2657
2658 return TRUE;
2659 }
2660 \f
2661 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2662
2663 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
2664 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2665 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2666 bfd_vma addend,
2667 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2668 {
2669 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2670 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2671 return linker_pointers;
2672
2673 return NULL;
2674 }
2675
2676 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2677
2678 static bfd_boolean
2679 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2680 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2681 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2682 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2683 {
2684 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2685 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2686 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2687 bfd_size_type amt;
2688
2689 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2690
2691 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2692 if (h != NULL)
2693 {
2694 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2695
2696 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2697 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2698 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2699 rel->r_addend,
2700 lsect))
2701 return TRUE;
2702
2703 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2704 }
2705 else
2706 {
2707 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2708
2709 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2710 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2711
2712 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2713 if (!ptr)
2714 {
2715 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2716
2717 amt = num_symbols;
2718 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2719 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2720
2721 if (!ptr)
2722 return FALSE;
2723
2724 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2725 }
2726
2727 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2728 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2729 rel->r_addend,
2730 lsect))
2731 return TRUE;
2732
2733 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2734 }
2735
2736 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2737 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2738 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2739 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2740 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2741
2742 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2743 return FALSE;
2744
2745 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2746 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2747 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2748 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2749
2750 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2751 return FALSE;
2752 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2753 lsect->section->size += 4;
2754
2755 #ifdef DEBUG
2756 fprintf (stderr,
2757 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2758 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2759 (long) lsect->section->size);
2760 #endif
2761
2762 return TRUE;
2763 }
2764
2765 static struct plt_entry **
2766 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2767 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2768 unsigned long r_symndx,
2769 int tls_type)
2770 {
2771 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2772 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2773 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2774
2775 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2776 {
2777 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2778
2779 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2780 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2781 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2782 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2783 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2784 return NULL;
2785 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2786 }
2787
2788 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2789 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2790 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2791 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2792 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2793 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2794 }
2795
2796 static bfd_boolean
2797 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2798 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2799 {
2800 struct plt_entry *ent;
2801
2802 if (addend < 32768)
2803 sec = NULL;
2804 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2805 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2806 break;
2807 if (ent == NULL)
2808 {
2809 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2810 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2811 if (ent == NULL)
2812 return FALSE;
2813 ent->next = *plist;
2814 ent->sec = sec;
2815 ent->addend = addend;
2816 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2817 *plist = ent;
2818 }
2819 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2820 return TRUE;
2821 }
2822
2823 static struct plt_entry *
2824 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2825 {
2826 struct plt_entry *ent;
2827
2828 if (addend < 32768)
2829 sec = NULL;
2830 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2831 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2832 break;
2833 return ent;
2834 }
2835
2836 static bfd_boolean
2837 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2838 {
2839 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2840 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2841 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2842 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2843 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2846 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2847 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2848 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2849 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2850 }
2851
2852 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2853
2854 static bfd_boolean
2855 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2856 {
2857 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2858 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2859 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2860 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2861 }
2862
2863 static void
2864 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2865 {
2866 _bfd_error_handler
2867 /* xgettext:c-format */
2868 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2869 abfd,
2870 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2871 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2872 }
2873
2874 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2875 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2876 table. */
2877
2878 static bfd_boolean
2879 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2880 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2881 asection *sec,
2882 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2883 {
2884 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2885 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2886 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2887 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2888 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2889 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2890 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2891
2892 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2893 return TRUE;
2894
2895 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2896 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2897 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2898 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2899 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2900 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2901 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2902 return TRUE;
2903
2904 #ifdef DEBUG
2905 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2906 sec, abfd);
2907 #endif
2908
2909 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2910
2911 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2912 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2913 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2914
2915 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2916 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2917 {
2918 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2919 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2920 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2921 return FALSE;
2922 }
2923 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2924 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
2925 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2926 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2927 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2928 sreloc = NULL;
2929
2930 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2931 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2932 {
2933 unsigned long r_symndx;
2934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2935 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2936 int tls_type;
2937 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2938 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2939 bfd_vma addend;
2940
2941 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2942 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2943 h = NULL;
2944 else
2945 {
2946 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2947 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2948 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2949 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2950 }
2951
2952 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2953 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2954 startup code. */
2955 if (h != NULL
2956 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2957 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2958 {
2959 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2960 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2961 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2962 return FALSE;
2963 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2964 }
2965
2966 tls_type = 0;
2967 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2968 ifunc = NULL;
2969 if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
2970 {
2971 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
2972 abfd, r_symndx);
2973 if (isym == NULL)
2974 return FALSE;
2975
2976 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2977 {
2978 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2979 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2980 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2981 if (ifunc == NULL)
2982 return FALSE;
2983
2984 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2985 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2986 no plt calls. */
2987 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2988 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2989 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2990 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2991 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2992 {
2993 addend = 0;
2994 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
2995 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
2996 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2997 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2998 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2999 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3000 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3001 addend = rel->r_addend;
3002 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
3003 return FALSE;
3004 }
3005 }
3006 }
3007
3008 if (!htab->is_vxworks
3009 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3010 && h != NULL
3011 && h == tga)
3012 {
3013 if (rel != relocs
3014 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3015 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3016 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3017 reloc. */
3018 ;
3019 else
3020 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3021 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3022 }
3023
3024 switch (r_type)
3025 {
3026 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3027 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3028 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3029 its parameter symbol. */
3030 if (h != NULL)
3031 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3032 else
3033 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3034 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3035 return FALSE;
3036 break;
3037
3038 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3039 break;
3040
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3045 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3046 goto dogottls;
3047
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3052 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3053 goto dogottls;
3054
3055 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3056 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3059 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3060 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3061 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3062 goto dogottls;
3063
3064 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3065 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3067 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3068 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3069 dogottls:
3070 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3071 /* Fall through. */
3072
3073 /* GOT16 relocations */
3074 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3075 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3076 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3077 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3078 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3079 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3080 {
3081 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3082 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3083 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3084 return FALSE;
3085 }
3086 if (h != NULL)
3087 {
3088 h->got.refcount += 1;
3089 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3090 }
3091 else
3092 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3093 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3094 return FALSE;
3095
3096 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3097 an ifunc. */
3098 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3099 {
3100 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3101 return FALSE;
3102 }
3103 break;
3104
3105 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3106 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3107 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3108 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3109 h, rel))
3110 return FALSE;
3111 if (h != NULL)
3112 {
3113 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3114 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3115 }
3116 break;
3117
3118 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3119 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3120 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3121 {
3122 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3123 return FALSE;
3124 }
3125 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3126 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3127 h, rel))
3128 return FALSE;
3129 if (h != NULL)
3130 {
3131 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3132 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3133 }
3134 break;
3135
3136 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3137 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3138 /* Fall through. */
3139
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3146 if (h != NULL)
3147 {
3148 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3149 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3150 }
3151 break;
3152
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3163 break;
3164
3165 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3166 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3167 {
3168 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3169 return FALSE;
3170 }
3171 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3172 if (h != NULL)
3173 {
3174 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3175 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3176 }
3177 break;
3178
3179 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3180 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3181 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3182 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3183 if (h != NULL)
3184 {
3185 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3186 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3187 }
3188 break;
3189
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3191 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3195 if (h != NULL)
3196 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3197 break;
3198
3199 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3200 if (h == NULL)
3201 break;
3202 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3203 goto pltentry;
3204
3205 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3206 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3207 /* Fall through. */
3208
3209 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3210 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3211 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3212 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3214 pltentry:
3215 #ifdef DEBUG
3216 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3217 #endif
3218 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3219 if (h == NULL)
3220 {
3221 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3222 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3223 if (pltent == NULL)
3224 return FALSE;
3225 }
3226 else
3227 {
3228 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3229 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3230 h->needs_plt = 1;
3231 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3232 }
3233 addend = 0;
3234 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3235 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3236 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3237 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3238 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3239 addend = rel->r_addend;
3240 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3241 return FALSE;
3242 break;
3243
3244 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3245 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3246 section relative. */
3247 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3248 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3249 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3251 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3252 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3255 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3256 break;
3257
3258 case R_PPC_REL16:
3259 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3260 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3263 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3264 break;
3265
3266 /* These are just markers. */
3267 case R_PPC_TLS:
3268 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3269 case R_PPC_NONE:
3270 case R_PPC_max:
3271 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3272 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3273 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3274 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3275 break;
3276
3277 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3278 case R_PPC_COPY:
3279 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3280 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3281 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3282 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3283 break;
3284
3285 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3286 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3288 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3292 break;
3293
3294 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3295 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3296 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3297 {
3298 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3299 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3300 }
3301 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3302 {
3303 h->needs_plt = 1;
3304 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3305 return FALSE;
3306 }
3307 break;
3308
3309 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3310 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3311 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3312 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3313 return FALSE;
3314 break;
3315
3316 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3317 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3319 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3320 return FALSE;
3321 break;
3322
3323 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3324 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3325 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3326 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3327 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3329 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3330 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3331 goto dodyn;
3332
3333 /* Nor these. */
3334 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3335 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3336 goto dodyn;
3337
3338 case R_PPC_REL32:
3339 if (h == NULL
3340 && got2 != NULL
3341 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3342 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3343 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3344 {
3345 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3346 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3347 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3348 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3349 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3350 PLT call stubs. */
3351 asection *s;
3352 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3353
3354 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3355 abfd, r_symndx);
3356 if (isym == NULL)
3357 return FALSE;
3358
3359 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3360 if (s == got2)
3361 {
3362 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3363 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3364 }
3365 }
3366 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3367 break;
3368 /* fall through */
3369
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3371 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3372 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3373 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3375 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3376 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3377 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3378 {
3379 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3380 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3381 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3382 return FALSE;
3383
3384 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3385 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3386 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3387 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3388 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3389 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3391 }
3392 goto dodyn;
3393
3394 case R_PPC_REL24:
3395 case R_PPC_REL14:
3396 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3397 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3398 if (h == NULL)
3399 break;
3400 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3401 {
3402 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3403 {
3404 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3405 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3406 }
3407 break;
3408 }
3409 /* fall through */
3410
3411 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3412 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3413 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3414 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3415 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3416 {
3417 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3418 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3419 h->needs_plt = 1;
3420 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3421 return FALSE;
3422 break;
3423 }
3424
3425 dodyn:
3426 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3427 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3428 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3429 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3430 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3431 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3432 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3433 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3434 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3435 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3436 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3437 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3438 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3439 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3440 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3441 symbol local.
3442
3443 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3444 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3445 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3446 symbol. */
3447 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
3448 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
3449 || (h != NULL
3450 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
3451 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3452 || !h->def_regular))))
3453 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3454 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3455 && h != NULL
3456 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3457 || !h->def_regular)))
3458 {
3459 #ifdef DEBUG
3460 fprintf (stderr,
3461 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3462 "create relocation for %s\n",
3463 (h && h->root.root.string
3464 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3465 #endif
3466 if (sreloc == NULL)
3467 {
3468 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3469 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3470
3471 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3472 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
3473
3474 if (sreloc == NULL)
3475 return FALSE;
3476 }
3477
3478 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3479 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3480 if (h != NULL)
3481 {
3482 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3483 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3484
3485 rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs;
3486 p = *rel_head;
3487 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3488 {
3489 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3490 if (p == NULL)
3491 return FALSE;
3492 p->next = *rel_head;
3493 *rel_head = p;
3494 p->sec = sec;
3495 p->count = 0;
3496 p->pc_count = 0;
3497 }
3498 p->count += 1;
3499 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3500 p->pc_count += 1;
3501 }
3502 else
3503 {
3504 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3505 We really need local syms available to do this
3506 easily. Oh well. */
3507 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3508 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3509 bfd_boolean is_ifunc;
3510 asection *s;
3511 void *vpp;
3512 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3513
3514 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3515 abfd, r_symndx);
3516 if (isym == NULL)
3517 return FALSE;
3518
3519 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3520 if (s == NULL)
3521 s = sec;
3522
3523 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3524 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3525 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
3526 p = *rel_head;
3527 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3528 p = p->next;
3529 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3530 {
3531 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3532 if (p == NULL)
3533 return FALSE;
3534 p->next = *rel_head;
3535 *rel_head = p;
3536 p->sec = sec;
3537 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3538 p->count = 0;
3539 }
3540 p->count += 1;
3541 }
3542 }
3543
3544 break;
3545 }
3546 }
3547
3548 return TRUE;
3549 }
3550 \f
3551 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3552 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3553 bfd_boolean
3554 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3555 {
3556 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3557 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3558 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3559 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
3560
3561 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3562 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3563
3564 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3565 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3566
3567 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3568 {
3569 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3570 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3571 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3572
3573 if (in_fp == 0)
3574 ;
3575 else if (out_fp == 0)
3576 {
3577 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3578 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3579 last_fp = ibfd;
3580 }
3581 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3582 {
3583 _bfd_error_handler
3584 /* xgettext:c-format */
3585 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3586 last_fp, ibfd);
3587 ret = FALSE;
3588 }
3589 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3590 {
3591 _bfd_error_handler
3592 /* xgettext:c-format */
3593 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3594 ibfd, last_fp);
3595 ret = FALSE;
3596 }
3597 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3598 {
3599 _bfd_error_handler
3600 /* xgettext:c-format */
3601 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3602 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3603 ret = FALSE;
3604 }
3605 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3606 {
3607 _bfd_error_handler
3608 /* xgettext:c-format */
3609 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3610 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3611 ret = FALSE;
3612 }
3613
3614 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3615 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3616 if (in_fp == 0)
3617 ;
3618 else if (out_fp == 0)
3619 {
3620 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3621 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3622 last_ld = ibfd;
3623 }
3624 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3625 {
3626 _bfd_error_handler
3627 /* xgettext:c-format */
3628 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3629 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3630 ret = FALSE;
3631 }
3632 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3633 {
3634 _bfd_error_handler
3635 /* xgettext:c-format */
3636 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3637 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3638 ret = FALSE;
3639 }
3640 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3641 {
3642 _bfd_error_handler
3643 /* xgettext:c-format */
3644 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3645 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3646 ret = FALSE;
3647 }
3648 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3649 {
3650 _bfd_error_handler
3651 /* xgettext:c-format */
3652 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3653 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3654 ret = FALSE;
3655 }
3656 }
3657
3658 if (!ret)
3659 {
3660 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3661 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3662 }
3663 return ret;
3664 }
3665
3666 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3667 there are conflicting attributes. */
3668 static bfd_boolean
3669 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3670 {
3671 bfd *obfd;
3672 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3673 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3674 bfd_boolean ret;
3675
3676 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3677 return FALSE;
3678
3679 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3680 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3681 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3682
3683 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3684 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3685 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3686 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3687 ret = TRUE;
3688 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3689 {
3690 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3691 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3692 static bfd *last_vec;
3693
3694 if (in_vec == 0)
3695 ;
3696 else if (out_vec == 0)
3697 {
3698 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3699 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3700 last_vec = ibfd;
3701 }
3702 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3703 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3704 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3705 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3706 case too. */
3707 else if (in_vec == 1)
3708 ;
3709 else if (out_vec == 1)
3710 {
3711 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3712 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3713 last_vec = ibfd;
3714 }
3715 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3716 {
3717 _bfd_error_handler
3718 /* xgettext:c-format */
3719 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3720 last_vec, ibfd);
3721 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3722 ret = FALSE;
3723 }
3724 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3725 {
3726 _bfd_error_handler
3727 /* xgettext:c-format */
3728 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3729 ibfd, last_vec);
3730 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3731 ret = FALSE;
3732 }
3733 }
3734
3735 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3736 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3737 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3738 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3739 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3740 {
3741 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3742 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3743 static bfd *last_struct;
3744
3745 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3746 ;
3747 else if (out_struct == 0)
3748 {
3749 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3750 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3751 last_struct = ibfd;
3752 }
3753 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3754 {
3755 _bfd_error_handler
3756 /* xgettext:c-format */
3757 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3758 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3759 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3760 ret = FALSE;
3761 }
3762 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3763 {
3764 _bfd_error_handler
3765 /* xgettext:c-format */
3766 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3767 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3768 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3769 ret = FALSE;
3770 }
3771 }
3772 if (!ret)
3773 {
3774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3775 return FALSE;
3776 }
3777
3778 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3779 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3783 object file when linking. */
3784
3785 static bfd_boolean
3786 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3787 {
3788 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3789 flagword old_flags;
3790 flagword new_flags;
3791 bfd_boolean error;
3792
3793 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3794 return TRUE;
3795
3796 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3797 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3798 return FALSE;
3799
3800 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3801 return FALSE;
3802
3803 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3804 return TRUE;
3805
3806 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3807 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3808 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3809 {
3810 /* First call, no flags set. */
3811 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
3812 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3813 }
3814
3815 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3816 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3817 ;
3818
3819 /* Incompatible flags. */
3820 else
3821 {
3822 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3823 to be linked with either. */
3824 error = FALSE;
3825 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3826 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3827 {
3828 error = TRUE;
3829 _bfd_error_handler
3830 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3831 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3832 }
3833 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3834 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3835 {
3836 error = TRUE;
3837 _bfd_error_handler
3838 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3839 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3840 }
3841
3842 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3843 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3844 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3845
3846 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3847 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3848 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3849 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3850 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3851 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3852
3853 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3854 any module uses it. */
3855 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3856
3857 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3858 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3859
3860 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3861 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3862 {
3863 error = TRUE;
3864 _bfd_error_handler
3865 /* xgettext:c-format */
3866 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3867 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3868 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3869 }
3870
3871 if (error)
3872 {
3873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3874 return FALSE;
3875 }
3876 }
3877
3878 return TRUE;
3879 }
3880
3881 static void
3882 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3883 asection *input_section,
3884 unsigned long offset,
3885 bfd_byte *loc,
3886 bfd_vma value,
3887 split16_format_type split16_format,
3888 bfd_boolean fixup)
3889 {
3890 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3891
3892 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3893 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3894 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3895 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3896 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3897 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3898 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3899 {
3900 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3901 {
3902 if (fixup)
3903 split16_format = split16a_type;
3904 else
3905 _bfd_error_handler
3906 /* xgettext:c-format */
3907 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3908 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3909 }
3910 }
3911 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3912 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3913 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3914 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3915 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3916 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3917 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3918 {
3919 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3920 {
3921 if (fixup)
3922 split16_format = split16d_type;
3923 else
3924 _bfd_error_handler
3925 /* xgettext:c-format */
3926 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3927 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3928 }
3929 }
3930 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3931 {
3932 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3933 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3934 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3935 {
3936 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3937 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3938 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3939 }
3940 }
3941 else
3942 {
3943 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3944 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3945 }
3946 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3948 }
3949
3950 static void
3951 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3952 {
3953 unsigned int insn;
3954
3955 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3956 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3957 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3958 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3959 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3960 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3961 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3962 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3963 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3964 }
3965
3966 \f
3967 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3968 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3969 int
3970 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3971 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3972 {
3973 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3974 flagword flags;
3975
3976 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3977
3978 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3979 {
3980 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3981
3982 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
3983 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3984 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3985 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3986 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
3987 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL
3988 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
3989 || h->needs_plt)
3990 && h->ref_regular
3991 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
3992 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
3993 {
3994 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3995 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3996 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3997 r30 to be set up. */
3998 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3999 }
4000 else
4001 {
4002 bfd *ibfd;
4003 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
4004
4005 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4006 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4007 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4008 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4009 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4010 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4011 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4012 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4013 {
4014 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4015 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4016 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4017 {
4018 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4019 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4020 break;
4021 }
4022 }
4023 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4024 }
4025 }
4026 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4027 {
4028 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4029 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4030 else
4031 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4032 }
4033
4034 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4035
4036 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4037 {
4038 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4039 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4040
4041 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4042 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4043 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4044 return -1;
4045
4046 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4047 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4048 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4049 return -1;
4050 }
4051 else
4052 {
4053 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4054 if (htab->glink != NULL
4055 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4056 return -1;
4057 }
4058 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4059 }
4060 \f
4061 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4062 relocation. */
4063
4064 static asection *
4065 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4066 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4067 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4068 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4069 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4070 {
4071 if (h != NULL)
4072 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4073 {
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4076 return NULL;
4077 }
4078
4079 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4080 }
4081
4082 static bfd_boolean
4083 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4084 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4085 asection **symsecp,
4086 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4087 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4088 unsigned long r_symndx,
4089 bfd *ibfd)
4090 {
4091 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4092
4093 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4094 {
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4097
4098 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4099 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4101 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4102
4103 if (hp != NULL)
4104 *hp = h;
4105
4106 if (symp != NULL)
4107 *symp = NULL;
4108
4109 if (symsecp != NULL)
4110 {
4111 asection *symsec = NULL;
4112 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4113 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4114 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4115 *symsecp = symsec;
4116 }
4117
4118 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4119 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4120 }
4121 else
4122 {
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4125
4126 if (locsyms == NULL)
4127 {
4128 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4129 if (locsyms == NULL)
4130 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4131 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4132 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4133 if (locsyms == NULL)
4134 return FALSE;
4135 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4136 }
4137 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4138
4139 if (hp != NULL)
4140 *hp = NULL;
4141
4142 if (symp != NULL)
4143 *symp = sym;
4144
4145 if (symsecp != NULL)
4146 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4147
4148 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4149 {
4150 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4151 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4152
4153 tls_mask = NULL;
4154 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4155 if (local_got != NULL)
4156 {
4157 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4158 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4159 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4160 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4161 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4162 }
4163 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4164 }
4165 }
4166 return TRUE;
4167 }
4168 \f
4169 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4170 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4171
4172 bfd_boolean
4173 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4174 {
4175 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4176 bfd *ibfd;
4177 asection *sec;
4178 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4179
4180 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4181 if (htab == NULL)
4182 return FALSE;
4183
4184 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4185 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4186 between the call and its destination. */
4187 limit = 0x1e00000;
4188 low_vma = -1;
4189 high_vma = 0;
4190 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4191 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4192 {
4193 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4194 low_vma = sec->vma;
4195 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4196 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4197 }
4198
4199 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4200 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4201 is local. */
4202 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4203 {
4204 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4205 return TRUE;
4206 }
4207
4208 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4209 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4210 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4211 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4212 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4213 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4214 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4215 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4216 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4217 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4218 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4219 together except their symbol. */
4220
4221 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4222 {
4223 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4224 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4225
4226 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4227 continue;
4228
4229 local_syms = NULL;
4230 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4231
4232 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4233 if (sec->has_pltcall
4234 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4235 {
4236 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4237
4238 /* Read the relocations. */
4239 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4240 info->keep_memory);
4241 if (relstart == NULL)
4242 return FALSE;
4243
4244 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4245 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; )
4246 {
4247 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4248 unsigned long r_symndx;
4249 asection *sym_sec;
4250 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4251 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4252 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4253
4254 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4255 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4256 continue;
4257
4258 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4259 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4260 r_symndx, ibfd))
4261 {
4262 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4263 free (relstart);
4264 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4265 free (local_syms);
4266 return FALSE;
4267 }
4268
4269 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4270 {
4271 bfd_vma from, to;
4272 if (h != NULL)
4273 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4274 else
4275 to = sym->st_value;
4276 to += (rel->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4279 from = (rel->r_offset
4280 + sec->output_offset
4281 + sec->output_section->vma);
4282 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4283 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4284 }
4285 }
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4287 free (relstart);
4288 }
4289
4290 if (local_syms != NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4292 {
4293 if (!info->keep_memory)
4294 free (local_syms);
4295 else
4296 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4297 }
4298 }
4299
4300 return TRUE;
4301 }
4302
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4305
4306 asection *
4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4308 {
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4310
4311 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4312 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4314 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4315 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4316
4317 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4318 {
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4320 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4322 if (opt != NULL
4323 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4325 {
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4331 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4332 && tga != NULL
4333 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4334 || tga->needs_plt)
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4337 {
4338 struct plt_entry *ent;
4339 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4340 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4341 break;
4342 if (ent != NULL)
4343 {
4344 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4345 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4347 opt->mark = 1;
4348 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4349 {
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4351 opt->dynindx = -1;
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4353 opt->dynstr_index);
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4355 return FALSE;
4356 }
4357 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4358 }
4359 }
4360 }
4361 else
4362 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4363 }
4364 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4365 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4366 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4367 {
4368 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4370 }
4371
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4373 }
4374
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4376 HASH. */
4377
4378 static bfd_boolean
4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4382 {
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4386
4387 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4388 {
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4391
4392 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4393 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4395 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4396 if (h == hash)
4397 return TRUE;
4398 }
4399 return FALSE;
4400 }
4401
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4403 opportunities. */
4404
4405 bfd_boolean
4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4407 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4408 {
4409 bfd *ibfd;
4410 asection *sec;
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4412 int pass;
4413
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4415 return TRUE;
4416
4417 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4418 if (htab == NULL)
4419 return FALSE;
4420
4421 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4422 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4423 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4424 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4425 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4426 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4427 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4428 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4429 {
4430 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4431 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4432
4433 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4434 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4435 {
4436 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4437 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4438
4439 /* Read the relocations. */
4440 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4441 info->keep_memory);
4442 if (relstart == NULL)
4443 return FALSE;
4444
4445 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4446 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4447 {
4448 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4449 unsigned long r_symndx;
4450 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4451 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4452 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4453 bfd_boolean is_local;
4454 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4455
4456 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4457 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4458 {
4459 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4460
4461 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4462 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4463 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4464 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4465 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4466 }
4467
4468 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4469 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4470 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4471 without marker relocs, then check that each
4472 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4473 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4474 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4475 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4476 if (pass == 0
4477 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4478 && h != NULL
4479 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4480 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4481 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4482 {
4483 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4484 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4485 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4486 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4487 free (relstart);
4488 return TRUE;
4489 }
4490
4491 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4492 switch (r_type)
4493 {
4494 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4495 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4496 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4497 /* Fall through. */
4498
4499 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4500 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4501 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4502 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4503 that turns out to be the case. */
4504 if (!is_local)
4505 continue;
4506
4507 /* LD -> LE */
4508 tls_set = 0;
4509 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4510 break;
4511
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4514 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4515 /* Fall through. */
4516
4517 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4518 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4519 if (is_local)
4520 /* GD -> LE */
4521 tls_set = 0;
4522 else
4523 /* GD -> IE */
4524 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4525 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4526 break;
4527
4528 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4532 if (is_local)
4533 {
4534 /* IE -> LE */
4535 tls_set = 0;
4536 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4537 break;
4538 }
4539 else
4540 continue;
4541
4542 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4543 if (!is_local)
4544 continue;
4545 /* Fall through. */
4546 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4547 if (rel + 1 < relend
4548 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4549 {
4550 if (pass != 0
4551 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4552 {
4553 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4554 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4555 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4556 {
4557 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4558
4559 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4560 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4561 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4562 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4563 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4564 if (h != NULL)
4565 {
4566 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4567 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4568
4569 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4570 addend = rel->r_addend;
4571 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4572 got2, addend);
4573 if (ent != NULL
4574 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4575 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4576 }
4577 }
4578 }
4579 continue;
4580 }
4581 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4582 tls_set = 0;
4583 tls_clear = 0;
4584 break;
4585
4586 default:
4587 continue;
4588 }
4589
4590 if (pass == 0)
4591 {
4592 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4593 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4594 continue;
4595
4596 if (rel + 1 < relend
4597 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4598 htab->tls_get_addr))
4599 continue;
4600
4601 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4602 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4603 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4604 the entire optimization. */
4605 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4606 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4607 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4608 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4609 free (relstart);
4610 return TRUE;
4611 }
4612
4613 if (h != NULL)
4614 {
4615 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4616 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4617 }
4618 else
4619 {
4620 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4621 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4622 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4623
4624 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4625 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4626 abort ();
4627 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4628 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4629 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4630 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4631 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4632 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4633 }
4634
4635 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4636 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4637 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4638 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4639 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4640 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4641 Disable optimization in this case. */
4642 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4643 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4644 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4645 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4646 continue;
4647
4648 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4649 {
4650 struct plt_entry *ent;
4651 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4652
4653 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4654 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4655 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4656 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4657 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4658 got2, addend);
4659 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4660 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4661 }
4662 if (tls_clear == 0)
4663 continue;
4664
4665 if (tls_set == 0)
4666 {
4667 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4668 if (*got_count > 0)
4669 *got_count -= 1;
4670 }
4671
4672 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4673 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4674 }
4675
4676 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4677 free (relstart);
4678 }
4679 }
4680 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4681 return TRUE;
4682 }
4683 \f
4684 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4685
4686 static asection *
4687 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4688 {
4689 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4690
4691 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4692 {
4693 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
4694
4695 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4696 return p->sec;
4697 }
4698 return NULL;
4699 }
4700
4701 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4702 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4703 size_dynamic_sections. */
4704
4705 static bfd_boolean
4706 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4707 {
4708 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4709 do
4710 {
4711 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4712 return TRUE;
4713 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4714 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4715
4716 return FALSE;
4717 }
4718
4719 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4720
4721 static bfd_boolean
4722 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4723 {
4724 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4725
4726 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4727 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4728 return TRUE;
4729 return FALSE;
4730 }
4731
4732 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4733 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4734 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4735 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4736 understand. */
4737
4738 static bfd_boolean
4739 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4740 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4741 {
4742 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4743 asection *s;
4744
4745 #ifdef DEBUG
4746 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4747 h->root.root.string);
4748 #endif
4749
4750 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4751 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4752 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4753 && (h->needs_plt
4754 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4755 || h->is_weakalias
4756 || (h->def_dynamic
4757 && h->ref_regular
4758 && !h->def_regular)));
4759
4760 /* Deal with function syms. */
4761 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4762 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4763 || h->needs_plt)
4764 {
4765 bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4766 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4767 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4768 function symbol is local. */
4769 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4770 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4771
4772 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4773 won't need a .plt entry. */
4774 struct plt_entry *ent;
4775 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4776 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4777 break;
4778 if (ent == NULL
4779 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4780 && local
4781 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4782 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4783 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4784 {
4785 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4786
4787 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4788 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4789 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4790
4791 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4792
4793 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4794 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4795 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4796 h->needs_plt = 0;
4797 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4798 }
4799 else
4800 {
4801 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4802 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4803 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4804 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4805 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4806 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4807 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4808 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4809 than link time. */
4810 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4811 || (h->non_got_ref
4812 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4813 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4814 && !htab->is_vxworks
4815 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4816 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4817 {
4818 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4819 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4820 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4821 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4822 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4823 }
4824 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4825 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4826 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4827 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4828 }
4829 h->protected_def = 0;
4830 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4831 return TRUE;
4832 }
4833 else
4834 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4835
4836 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4837 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4838 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4839 if (h->is_weakalias)
4840 {
4841 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4842 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4843 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4844 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4845 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4846 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4847 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4848 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4849 return TRUE;
4850 }
4851
4852 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4853 is not a function. */
4854
4855 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4856 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4857 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4858 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4859 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4860 {
4861 h->protected_def = 0;
4862 return TRUE;
4863 }
4864
4865 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4866 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4867 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4868 {
4869 h->protected_def = 0;
4870 return TRUE;
4871 }
4872
4873 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4874 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4875 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4876 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4877 if (h->protected_def)
4878 {
4879 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4880 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4881 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4882 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4883 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4884 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4885 return TRUE;
4886 }
4887
4888 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4889 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4890 return TRUE;
4891
4892 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4893 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4894 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4895 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4896 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4897 executable. */
4898 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4899 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4900 && !htab->is_vxworks
4901 && !h->def_regular
4902 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4903 return TRUE;
4904
4905 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4906 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4907 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4908 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4909 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4910 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4911 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4912 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4913 same memory location for the variable.
4914
4915 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4916 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4917 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4918 s = htab->dynsbss;
4919 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4920 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4921 else
4922 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4923 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4924
4925 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4926 {
4927 asection *srel;
4928
4929 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4930 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4931 and into the runtime process image. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4933 srel = htab->relsbss;
4934 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4935 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4936 else
4937 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4939 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4940 h->needs_copy = 1;
4941 }
4942
4943 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4944 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4945 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4946 }
4947 \f
4948 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4949 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4950 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4951 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4952 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4953
4954 static bfd_boolean
4955 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4956 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4957 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4958 {
4959 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4960 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4961 char *name;
4962 const char *stub;
4963 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4964
4965 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4966 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4967 else
4968 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4969
4970 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4971 len2 = strlen (stub);
4972 len3 = 0;
4973 if (ent->sec)
4974 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4975 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4976 if (name == NULL)
4977 return FALSE;
4978 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
4979 if (ent->sec)
4980 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
4981 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
4982 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
4983 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
4984 if (sh == NULL)
4985 return FALSE;
4986 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
4987 {
4988 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
4989 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
4990 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
4991 sh->ref_regular = 1;
4992 sh->def_regular = 1;
4993 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
4994 sh->forced_local = 1;
4995 sh->non_elf = 0;
4996 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
4997 }
4998 return TRUE;
4999 }
5000
5001 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5002 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5003
5004 static bfd_vma
5005 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5006 {
5007 bfd_vma where;
5008 unsigned int max_before_header;
5009
5010 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5011 {
5012 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5013 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5014 }
5015 else
5016 {
5017 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5018 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5019 {
5020 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5021 htab->got_gap -= need;
5022 }
5023 else
5024 {
5025 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5026 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5027 {
5028 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5029 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5030 }
5031 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5032 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5033 }
5034 }
5035 return where;
5036 }
5037
5038 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5039 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5040
5041 static inline unsigned int
5042 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5043 {
5044 unsigned int need;
5045 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5046 need = 4;
5047 else
5048 {
5049 need = 0;
5050 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5051 need += 8;
5052 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5053 need += 4;
5054 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5055 need += 4;
5056 }
5057 return need;
5058 }
5059
5060 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5061
5062 static bfd_boolean
5063 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5064 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5065 {
5066 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5067
5068 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5069 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5070 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5071 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5072 && h->dynindx == -1
5073 && !h->forced_local
5074 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5075 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5076 return TRUE;
5077 }
5078
5079 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5080
5081 static bfd_boolean
5082 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5083 {
5084 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5085 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5086 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5087 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5088 bfd_boolean dyn;
5089
5090 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5091 return TRUE;
5092
5093 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5094 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5095 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5096 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5097 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5098 && eh->elf.protected_def
5099 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5100 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5101 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5102 {
5103 unsigned int need;
5104
5105 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5106 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5107 return FALSE;
5108
5109 need = 0;
5110 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5111 {
5112 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5113 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5114 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5115 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5116 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5117 else
5118 need += 8;
5119 }
5120 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5121 if (need == 0)
5122 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5123 else
5124 {
5125 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5126 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5127 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5128 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5129 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5130 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5131 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5132 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5133 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5134 {
5135 asection *rsec;
5136
5137 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5138 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5139 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5140 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5141 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5142 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5143 rsec->size += need;
5144 }
5145 }
5146 }
5147 else
5148 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5149
5150 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5151 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5152 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5153 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5154 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5155
5156 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5157 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5158 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5159 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5160
5161 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5162 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5163 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5164 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5165
5166 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5167 ;
5168
5169 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5170 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5171 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5172 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5173 changes. */
5174 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5175 {
5176 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5177 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5178 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5179 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5180 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5181 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5182 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5183 {
5184 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5185
5186 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5187 {
5188 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5189 p->pc_count = 0;
5190 if (p->count == 0)
5191 *pp = p->next;
5192 else
5193 pp = &p->next;
5194 }
5195 }
5196
5197 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5198 {
5199 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5200
5201 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5202 {
5203 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5204 *pp = p->next;
5205 else
5206 pp = &p->next;
5207 }
5208 }
5209
5210 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5211 {
5212 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5213 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5214 return FALSE;
5215 }
5216 }
5217 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5218 {
5219 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5220 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5221 dynamic. */
5222 if (h->dynamic_adjusted
5223 && !h->def_regular
5224 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5225 && !(h->protected_def
5226 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5227 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5228 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5229 {
5230 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5231 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5232 return FALSE;
5233
5234 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5235 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5236 }
5237 else
5238 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5239 }
5240
5241 /* Allocate space. */
5242 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5243 {
5244 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5245 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5246 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5247 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5248 }
5249
5250 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5251 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5252 a) is dynamic, or
5253 b) is an ifunc, or
5254 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5255 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5256 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1;
5257 if (dyn
5258 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5259 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5260 || (h->needs_plt
5261 && h->def_regular
5262 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5263 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5264 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5265 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5266 {
5267 struct plt_entry *ent;
5268 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5269 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5270
5271 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5272 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5273 {
5274 asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
5275
5276 if (!dyn)
5277 {
5278 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5279 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5280 else
5281 s = htab->pltlocal;
5282 }
5283
5284 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5285 {
5286 if (!doneone)
5287 {
5288 plt_offset = s->size;
5289 s->size += 4;
5290 }
5291 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5292
5293 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5294 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5295 else
5296 {
5297 s = htab->glink;
5298 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5299 {
5300 glink_offset = s->size;
5301 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5302 }
5303 if (!doneone
5304 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5305 && h->def_dynamic
5306 && !h->def_regular)
5307 {
5308 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5309 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5310 }
5311 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5312
5313 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5314 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5315 return FALSE;
5316 }
5317 }
5318 else
5319 {
5320 if (!doneone)
5321 {
5322 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5323 for the special first entry. */
5324 if (s->size == 0)
5325 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5326
5327 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5328 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5329 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5330 word available at the end. */
5331 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5332 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5333 * ((s->size
5334 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5335 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5336
5337 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5338 file, and we are not generating a shared
5339 library, then set the symbol to this location
5340 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5341 relocations, and is required to make
5342 function pointers compare as equal between
5343 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5344 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5345 && h->def_dynamic
5346 && !h->def_regular)
5347 {
5348 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5349 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5350 }
5351
5352 /* Make room for this entry. */
5353 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5354 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5355 is allocated. */
5356 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5357 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5358 / htab->plt_entry_size
5359 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5360 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5361 }
5362 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5363 }
5364
5365 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5366 if (!doneone)
5367 {
5368 if (!dyn)
5369 {
5370 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5371 {
5372 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5373 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5374 }
5375 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5376 {
5377 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5378 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5379 }
5380 }
5381 else
5382 {
5383 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5384
5385 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5386 {
5387 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5388 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5389 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5390 {
5391 if (ent->plt.offset
5392 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5393 {
5394 htab->srelplt2->size
5395 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5396 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5397 }
5398
5399 htab->srelplt2->size
5400 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5401 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5402 }
5403
5404 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5405 .got.plt. */
5406 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5407 }
5408 }
5409 doneone = TRUE;
5410 }
5411 }
5412 else
5413 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5414
5415 if (!doneone)
5416 {
5417 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5418 h->needs_plt = 0;
5419 }
5420 }
5421 else
5422 {
5423 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5424 h->needs_plt = 0;
5425 }
5426
5427 return TRUE;
5428 }
5429
5430 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5431 read-only sections. */
5432
5433 static bfd_boolean
5434 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p)
5435 {
5436 asection *sec;
5437
5438 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5439 return TRUE;
5440
5441 sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h);
5442 if (sec != NULL)
5443 {
5444 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p;
5445
5446 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5447 info->callbacks->minfo
5448 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5449 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
5450
5451 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5452 return FALSE;
5453 }
5454 return TRUE;
5455 }
5456
5457 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5458 {
5459 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5460 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5461 1, /* CIE version. */
5462 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5463 4, /* Code alignment. */
5464 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5465 65, /* RA reg. */
5466 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5467 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5468 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5469 };
5470
5471 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5472
5473 static bfd_boolean
5474 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5475 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5476 {
5477 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5478 asection *s;
5479 bfd_boolean relocs;
5480 bfd *ibfd;
5481
5482 #ifdef DEBUG
5483 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5484 #endif
5485
5486 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5487 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5488
5489 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5490 {
5491 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5492 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5493 {
5494 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5495 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5496 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5497 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5498 }
5499 }
5500
5501 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5502 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5503 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5504 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5505
5506 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5507 relocs. */
5508 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5509 {
5510 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5511 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5512 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5513 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5514 char *lgot_masks;
5515 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5516 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5517
5518 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5519 continue;
5520
5521 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5522 {
5523 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5524
5525 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5526 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5527 p != NULL;
5528 p = p->next)
5529 {
5530 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5531 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5532 {
5533 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5534 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5535 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5536 the relocs too. */
5537 }
5538 else if (htab->is_vxworks
5539 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5540 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5541 {
5542 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5543 handled specially by the loader. */
5544 }
5545 else if (p->count != 0)
5546 {
5547 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5548 if (p->ifunc)
5549 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5550 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5551 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5552 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5553 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5554 {
5555 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5556 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5557 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5558 }
5559 }
5560 }
5561 }
5562
5563 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5564 if (!local_got)
5565 continue;
5566
5567 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5568 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5569 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5570 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5571 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5572 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5573
5574 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
5575 if (*local_got > 0)
5576 {
5577 unsigned int need;
5578 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5579 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5580 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5581 if (need == 0)
5582 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5583 else
5584 {
5585 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5586 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5587 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5588 && bfd_link_executable (info)))
5589 {
5590 asection *srel;
5591
5592 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5593 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5594 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5595 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5596 srel->size += need;
5597 }
5598 }
5599 }
5600 else
5601 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5602
5603 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5604 continue;
5605
5606 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5607 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5608 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5609 {
5610 struct plt_entry *ent;
5611 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5612 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5613
5614 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5615 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5616 {
5617 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5618 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5619 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5620 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5621 {
5622 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5623 continue;
5624 }
5625 else
5626 s = htab->pltlocal;
5627
5628 if (!doneone)
5629 {
5630 plt_offset = s->size;
5631 s->size += 4;
5632 }
5633 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5634
5635 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5636 {
5637 s = htab->glink;
5638 glink_offset = s->size;
5639 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5640 }
5641 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5642
5643 if (!doneone)
5644 {
5645 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5646 {
5647 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5648 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5649 }
5650 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5651 {
5652 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5653 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5654 }
5655 doneone = TRUE;
5656 }
5657 }
5658 else
5659 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5660 }
5661 }
5662
5663 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5664 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5665
5666 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5667 {
5668 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5669 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5670 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5671 }
5672 else
5673 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5674
5675 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5676 {
5677 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5678
5679 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5680 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5681 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5682 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5683 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5684 {
5685 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5686 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5687 g_o_t += 4;
5688 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5689 }
5690
5691 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5692 }
5693 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5694 {
5695 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5696
5697 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5698 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5699 }
5700 if (info->emitrelocations)
5701 {
5702 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5703
5704 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5705 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5706 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5707 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5708 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5709 }
5710
5711 if (htab->glink != NULL
5712 && htab->glink->size != 0
5713 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5714 {
5715 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5716 /* Space for the branch table. */
5717 htab->glink->size
5718 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5719 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5720 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5721 ? 63 : 15);
5722 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5723
5724 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5725 {
5726 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5727 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5728 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5729 if (sh == NULL)
5730 return FALSE;
5731 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5732 {
5733 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5734 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5735 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5736 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5737 sh->def_regular = 1;
5738 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5739 sh->forced_local = 1;
5740 sh->non_elf = 0;
5741 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5742 }
5743 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5744 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5745 if (sh == NULL)
5746 return FALSE;
5747 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5748 {
5749 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5750 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5751 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5752 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5753 sh->def_regular = 1;
5754 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5755 sh->forced_local = 1;
5756 sh->non_elf = 0;
5757 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5758 }
5759 }
5760 }
5761
5762 if (htab->glink != NULL
5763 && htab->glink->size != 0
5764 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5765 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5766 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5767 {
5768 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5769 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5770 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5771 {
5772 s->size += 4;
5773 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5774 s->size += 4;
5775 }
5776 }
5777
5778 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5779 Allocate memory for them. */
5780 relocs = FALSE;
5781 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5782 {
5783 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
5784
5785 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5786 continue;
5787
5788 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5789 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5790 {
5791 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5792 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5793 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5794 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5795 strip_section = FALSE;
5796 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5797 comment below. */
5798 }
5799 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5800 || s == htab->pltlocal
5801 || s == htab->glink
5802 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5803 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5804 || s == htab->sbss
5805 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5806 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5807 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5808 {
5809 /* Strip these too. */
5810 }
5811 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5812 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5813 {
5814 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5815 }
5816 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5817 {
5818 if (s->size != 0)
5819 {
5820 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5821 relocs = TRUE;
5822
5823 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5824 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5825 s->reloc_count = 0;
5826 }
5827 }
5828 else
5829 {
5830 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5831 continue;
5832 }
5833
5834 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5835 {
5836 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5837 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5838 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5839 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5840 before the linker maps input sections to output
5841 sections. The linker does that before
5842 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5843 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5844 into these sections. */
5845 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5846 continue;
5847 }
5848
5849 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5850 continue;
5851
5852 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5853 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5854 if (s->contents == NULL)
5855 return FALSE;
5856 }
5857
5858 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5859 {
5860 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5861 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5862 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5863 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5864 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5865 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5866 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5867
5868 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
5869 {
5870 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
5871 return FALSE;
5872 }
5873
5874 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
5875 {
5876 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
5877 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
5878 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
5879 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
5880 return FALSE;
5881 }
5882
5883 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5884 && htab->glink != NULL
5885 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5886 {
5887 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5888 return FALSE;
5889 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5890 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5891 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5892 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5893 return FALSE;
5894 }
5895
5896 if (relocs)
5897 {
5898 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
5899 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
5900 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
5901 return FALSE;
5902 }
5903
5904 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5905 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5906 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
5907 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel,
5908 info);
5909
5910 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
5911 {
5912 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
5913 return FALSE;
5914 }
5915 if (htab->is_vxworks
5916 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
5917 return FALSE;
5918 }
5919 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5920
5921 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5922 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5923 {
5924 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5925 bfd_vma val;
5926
5927 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5928 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5929 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5930 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5931 /* FDE length. */
5932 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5933 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5934 p += 4;
5935 /* CIE pointer. */
5936 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5937 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5938 p += 4;
5939 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5940 p += 4;
5941 /* .glink size. */
5942 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5943 p += 4;
5944 /* Augmentation. */
5945 p += 1;
5946
5947 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5948 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5949 {
5950 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5951 if (adv < 64)
5952 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5953 else if (adv < 256)
5954 {
5955 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5956 *p++ = adv;
5957 }
5958 else if (adv < 65536)
5959 {
5960 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5961 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5962 p += 2;
5963 }
5964 else
5965 {
5966 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5967 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5968 p += 4;
5969 }
5970 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5971 *p++ = 65;
5972 p++;
5973 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5974 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5975 *p++ = 65;
5976 }
5977 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5978 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5979 }
5980
5981 return TRUE;
5982 }
5983
5984 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5985 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5986
5987 static void
5988 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
5989 {
5990 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
5991
5992 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
5993 {
5994 asection *s;
5995
5996 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
5997 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5998 {
5999 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
6000 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
6001 {
6002 sda->def_regular = 0;
6003 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6004 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
6005 sda->forced_local = 0;
6006 }
6007 }
6008 }
6009 }
6010
6011 void
6012 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6013 {
6014 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6015
6016 if (htab != NULL)
6017 {
6018 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
6019 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
6020 }
6021 }
6022
6023
6024 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6025
6026 static bfd_boolean
6027 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6028 {
6029 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6030 && !h->def_regular
6031 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6032 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6033 return FALSE;
6034
6035 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6036 }
6037 \f
6038 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6039
6040 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6041 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6042 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6043 {
6044 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6045 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6046 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6047 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6048 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6049 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6050 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6051 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6052 };
6053
6054 static const int stub_entry[] =
6055 {
6056 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6057 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6058 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6059 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6060 };
6061
6062 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6063 {
6064 unsigned int workaround_size;
6065 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6066 };
6067
6068 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6069 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6070 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6071 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6072
6073 static bfd_boolean
6074 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6075 asection *isec,
6076 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6077 bfd_boolean *again)
6078 {
6079 struct one_branch_fixup
6080 {
6081 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6082 asection *tsec;
6083 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6084 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6085 bfd_vma toff;
6086 bfd_vma trampoff;
6087 };
6088
6089 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6090 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6091 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6092 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6093 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6094 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6095 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6096 unsigned changes = 0;
6097 bfd_boolean workaround_change;
6098 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6099 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6100 asection *got2;
6101 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted;
6102
6103 *again = FALSE;
6104
6105 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6106 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6107 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6108 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6109 || isec->size < 4)
6110 return TRUE;
6111
6112 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6113 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6114 anyway. */
6115 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6116 return TRUE;
6117
6118 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6119 if (htab == NULL)
6120 return TRUE;
6121
6122 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6123 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6124 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6125 trampbase = isec->size;
6126
6127 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6128 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6129 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6130
6131 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6132 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6133 {
6134 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6135 {
6136 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6137 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6138 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6139 return FALSE;
6140 }
6141 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6142 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6143 }
6144
6145 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6146 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6147 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6148 trampoff = trampbase;
6149 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6150 trampoff += 4;
6151
6152 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6153 picfixup_size = 0;
6154 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6155 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6156 {
6157 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6158 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6159 {
6160 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6161 link_info->keep_memory);
6162 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6163 goto error_return;
6164 }
6165
6166 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6167
6168 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6169 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6170 {
6171 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6172 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6173 asection *tsec;
6174 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6175 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6176 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6177 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6178 unsigned long t0;
6179 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6180 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6181 struct plt_entry **plist;
6182 unsigned char sym_type;
6183
6184 switch (r_type)
6185 {
6186 case R_PPC_REL24:
6187 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6188 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6189 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6190 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6191 break;
6192
6193 case R_PPC_REL14:
6194 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6195 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6196 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6197 break;
6198
6199 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6200 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6201 break;
6202 continue;
6203
6204 default:
6205 continue;
6206 }
6207
6208 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6209 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6210 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6211 goto error_return;
6212
6213 if (isym != NULL)
6214 {
6215 if (tsec != NULL)
6216 ;
6217 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6218 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6219 else
6220 continue;
6221
6222 toff = isym->st_value;
6223 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6224 }
6225 else
6226 {
6227 if (tsec != NULL)
6228 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6229 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6230 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6231 {
6232 unsigned long indx;
6233
6234 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6235 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6236 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6237 }
6238 else
6239 continue;
6240
6241 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6242 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6243 branch stub in that case. */
6244 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6245 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6246 && irel != internal_relocs)
6247 {
6248 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6249 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6250 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6251
6252 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6253 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6254 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6255 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6256 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6257 {
6258 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6259
6260 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6261 {
6262 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6263 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6264 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6265 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6266 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6267 }
6268 }
6269 else
6270 {
6271 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6272 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6273
6274 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6275 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6276 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6277
6278 tls_mask
6279 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6280 }
6281
6282 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6283 optimised away. */
6284 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6285 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6286 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6287 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6288 continue;
6289 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6290 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6291 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6292 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6293 continue;
6294 }
6295
6296 sym_type = h->type;
6297 }
6298
6299 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6300 {
6301 if (h != NULL
6302 && !h->def_regular
6303 && h->protected_def
6304 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6305 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6306 picfixup_size += 12;
6307 continue;
6308 }
6309
6310 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6311 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6312 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6313 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6314 plist = NULL;
6315 if (h != NULL)
6316 {
6317 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6318 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6319 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6320 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6321 }
6322 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6323 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6324 {
6325 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6326 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6327 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6328 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6329 }
6330 if (plist != NULL)
6331 {
6332 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6333 struct plt_entry *ent;
6334
6335 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6336 addend = irel->r_addend;
6337 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6338 if (ent != NULL)
6339 {
6340 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6341 || h == NULL
6342 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6343 || h->dynindx == -1)
6344 {
6345 tsec = htab->glink;
6346 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6347 }
6348 else
6349 {
6350 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6351 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6352 }
6353 }
6354 }
6355
6356 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6357 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6358 branch overflow. */
6359 if (tsec == isec)
6360 continue;
6361
6362 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6363 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6364 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6365 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6366 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6367 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6368 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6369 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6370 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6371 continue;
6372
6373 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6374 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6375 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6376 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6377 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6378 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6379 {
6380 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6381 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6382 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6383 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6384 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6385
6386 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6387 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6388 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6389 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6390 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6391 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6392 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6393 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6394 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6395 location of interest is just "sym". */
6396 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6397 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6398 toff += irel->r_addend;
6399
6400 toff
6401 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6402 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6403 toff);
6404
6405 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6406 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6407 toff += irel->r_addend;
6408 }
6409 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6410 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6411 toff += irel->r_addend;
6412
6413 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6414 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6415 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6416 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6417 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6418 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6419 continue;
6420
6421 roff = irel->r_offset;
6422
6423 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6424 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6425 fixup can be created at final link.
6426 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6427 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6428 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6429 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6430 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6431 continue;
6432
6433 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6434 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6435 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6436 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6437 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6438 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6439 {
6440 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6441
6442 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6443 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6444 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6445 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6446 continue;
6447 }
6448
6449 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6450 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6451 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6452 break;
6453
6454 if (f == NULL)
6455 {
6456 size_t size;
6457 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6458
6459 val = trampoff - roff;
6460 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6461 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6462 one. We'll report an error later. */
6463 continue;
6464
6465 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6466 {
6467 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6468 insn_offset = 12;
6469 }
6470 else
6471 {
6472 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6473 insn_offset = 0;
6474 }
6475 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6476 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6477 || tsec == htab->glink)
6478 {
6479 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6480 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6481 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6482 }
6483
6484 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6485 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6486 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6487 stub_rtype);
6488 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6489 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6490 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6491 irel->r_addend = 0;
6492
6493 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6494 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6495 f->next = branch_fixups;
6496 f->tsec = tsec;
6497 f->toff = toff;
6498 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6499 branch_fixups = f;
6500
6501 trampoff += size;
6502 changes++;
6503 }
6504 else
6505 {
6506 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6507 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6508 continue;
6509
6510 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6511 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6512 }
6513
6514 /* Get the section contents. */
6515 if (contents == NULL)
6516 {
6517 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6518 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6519 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6520 /* Go get them off disk. */
6521 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6522 goto error_return;
6523 }
6524
6525 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6526 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6527 switch (r_type)
6528 {
6529 case R_PPC_REL24:
6530 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6531 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6532 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6533 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6534 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6535 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6536 break;
6537
6538 case R_PPC_REL14:
6539 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6540 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6541 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6542 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6543 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6544 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6545 break;
6546 }
6547 }
6548
6549 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6550 {
6551 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6552 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6553 free (f);
6554 }
6555 }
6556
6557 workaround_change = FALSE;
6558 newsize = trampoff;
6559 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6560 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6561 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6562 {
6563 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6564 unsigned int crossings;
6565 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6566
6567 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6568 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6569 addr &= -pagesize;
6570 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6571 if (crossings != 0)
6572 {
6573 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6574 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6575 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6576 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6577 newsize += crossings * 16;
6578 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6579 {
6580 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6581 workaround_change = TRUE;
6582 }
6583 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6584 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6585 }
6586 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6587 }
6588
6589 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6590 {
6591 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6592 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6593 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6594 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6595 }
6596
6597 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6598 isec->size = newsize;
6599
6600 if (isymbuf != NULL
6601 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6602 {
6603 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6604 free (isymbuf);
6605 else
6606 {
6607 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6608 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6609 }
6610 }
6611
6612 if (contents != NULL
6613 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6614 {
6615 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6616 free (contents);
6617 else
6618 {
6619 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6620 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6621 }
6622 }
6623
6624 changes += picfixup_size;
6625 if (changes != 0)
6626 {
6627 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6628 information for the trampolines. */
6629 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6630 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6631 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6632 unsigned ix;
6633
6634 if (!new_relocs)
6635 goto error_return;
6636 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6637 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6638 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6639 {
6640 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6641
6642 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6643 }
6644 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6645 free (internal_relocs);
6646 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6647 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6648 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6649 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6650 }
6651 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6652 free (internal_relocs);
6653
6654 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6655 return TRUE;
6656
6657 error_return:
6658 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6659 {
6660 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6661 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6662 free (f);
6663 }
6664 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6665 free (isymbuf);
6666 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6667 free (contents);
6668 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6669 free (internal_relocs);
6670 return FALSE;
6671 }
6672 \f
6673 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6674 discarded sections. */
6675
6676 static unsigned int
6677 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6678 {
6679 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6680 return 0;
6681
6682 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6683 return 0;
6684
6685 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6686 }
6687 \f
6688 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6689
6690 static bfd_vma
6691 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6692 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6693 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6694 bfd_vma relocation,
6695 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6696 {
6697 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6698
6699 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6700
6701 if (h != NULL)
6702 {
6703 /* Handle global symbol. */
6704 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6705
6706 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6707 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6708 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6709 }
6710 else
6711 {
6712 /* Handle local symbol. */
6713 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6714
6715 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6717 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6718 }
6719
6720 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6721 rel->r_addend,
6722 lsect);
6723 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6724
6725 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6726 as a "written" flag. */
6727 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6728 {
6729 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6730 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6731 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6732 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6733 }
6734
6735 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6736 + lsect->section->output_offset
6737 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6738 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6739
6740 #ifdef DEBUG
6741 fprintf (stderr,
6742 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6743 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6744 #endif
6745
6746 return relocation;
6747 }
6748
6749 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6750 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6751 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6752
6753 static void
6754 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6755 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6756 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6757 {
6758 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6759 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6760 bfd_vma plt;
6761 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6762
6763 if (h != NULL
6764 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6765 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6766 {
6767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6768 p += 4;
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6770 p += 4;
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6772 p += 4;
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6774 p += 4;
6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6776 p += 4;
6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6778 p += 4;
6779 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6780 p += 4;
6781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6782 p += 4;
6783 }
6784
6785 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6786 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6787 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6788
6789 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6790 {
6791 bfd_vma got = 0;
6792
6793 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6794 got = (ent->addend
6795 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6796 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6797 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6798 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6799
6800 plt -= got;
6801
6802 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6804 else
6805 {
6806 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6807 p += 4;
6808 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6809 }
6810 }
6811 else
6812 {
6813 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6814 p += 4;
6815 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6816 }
6817 p += 4;
6818 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6819 p += 4;
6820 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6821 p += 4;
6822 while (p < end)
6823 {
6824 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6825 p += 4;
6826 }
6827 }
6828
6829 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6830
6831 static bfd_boolean
6832 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6833 {
6834 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6835 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6836 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6837 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6838 }
6839
6840 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6841 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6842 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6843
6844 unsigned int
6845 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6846 {
6847 unsigned int rtra;
6848
6849 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6850 return 0;
6851
6852 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6853 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6854 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6855 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6856 else
6857 return 0;
6858
6859 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6860 /* add -> addi. */
6861 insn = 14 << 26;
6862 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6863 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6864 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6865 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6866 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6867 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6868 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6869 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6870 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6871 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6872 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6873 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6874 else
6875 return 0;
6876 insn |= rtra;
6877 return insn;
6878 }
6879
6880 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6881 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6882 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6883
6884 unsigned int
6885 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6886 {
6887 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6888 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6889 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6890 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6891 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6892 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6893 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6894 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6895 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6896 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6897 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6898 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6899 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6900 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6901 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6902 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6903 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6904 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6905 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6906 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6907 {
6908 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6909 }
6910 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6911 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6912 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6913 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6914 {
6915 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6916 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6917 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6918 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6919 }
6920 else
6921 insn = 0;
6922 return insn;
6923 }
6924
6925 static bfd_boolean
6926 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6927 {
6928 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6929 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6930 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6931 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6932 }
6933
6934 static bfd_boolean
6935 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6936 {
6937 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6938 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6939 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6940 }
6941
6942 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6943 to handle the relocations for a section.
6944
6945 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6946 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6947 zero.
6948
6949 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6950 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6951 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6952 necessary.
6953
6954 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6955 address or the reloc symbol index.
6956
6957 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6958
6959 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6960 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6961
6962 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6963 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6964
6965 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6966 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6967 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6968 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6969 accordingly. */
6970
6971 static bfd_boolean
6972 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6973 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6974 bfd *input_bfd,
6975 asection *input_section,
6976 bfd_byte *contents,
6977 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6978 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6979 asection **local_sections)
6980 {
6981 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6982 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6983 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6984 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6985 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
6986 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6987 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
6988 asection *got2;
6989 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
6990 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
6991 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
6992 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
6993 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
6994 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6995
6996 #ifdef DEBUG
6997 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6998 "%ld relocations%s",
6999 input_bfd, input_section,
7000 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
7001 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7002 #endif
7003
7004 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
7005 {
7006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7007 return FALSE;
7008 }
7009
7010 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
7011
7012 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7013 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
7014 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7015
7016 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
7017 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
7018 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
7019 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
7020 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7021 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7022 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
7023 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
7024 ".tls_vars"));
7025 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7026 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7027 rel = wrel = relocs;
7028 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7029 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7030 {
7031 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7032 bfd_vma addend;
7033 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7034 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7035 asection *sec;
7036 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7037 const char *sym_name;
7038 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7039 unsigned long r_symndx;
7040 bfd_vma relocation;
7041 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7042 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7043 bfd_boolean warned;
7044 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7045 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7046 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7047
7048 again:
7049 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7050 sym = NULL;
7051 sec = NULL;
7052 h = NULL;
7053 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7054 warned = FALSE;
7055 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7056
7057 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7058 {
7059 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7060 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7061 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7062
7063 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7064 }
7065 else
7066 {
7067 bfd_boolean ignored;
7068
7069 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7070 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7071 h, sec, relocation,
7072 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7073
7074 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7075 }
7076
7077 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7078 {
7079 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7080 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7081 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7082 howto = NULL;
7083 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7084 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7085
7086 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7087 contents, rel->r_offset);
7088 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7089 wrel->r_info = 0;
7090 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7091
7092 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7093 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7094 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7095 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7096 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7097 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7098 wrel--;
7099
7100 continue;
7101 }
7102
7103 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7104 {
7105 if (got2 != NULL
7106 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7107 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7108 {
7109 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7110 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7111 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7112 }
7113 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7114 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7115 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7116 goto copy_reloc;
7117 }
7118
7119 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7120 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7121 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7122 for the final instruction stream. */
7123 tls_mask = 0;
7124 tls_gd = 0;
7125 if (h != NULL)
7126 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7127 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7128 {
7129 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7130 char *lgot_masks;
7131 local_plt
7132 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7133 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7134 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7135 }
7136
7137 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7138 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7139 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7140 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7141 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7142 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7143 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7144 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7145 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7146 abort ();
7147 switch (r_type)
7148 {
7149 default:
7150 break;
7151
7152 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7153 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7154 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7155 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7156 {
7157 bfd_vma insn;
7158
7159 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7160 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7161 insn &= 31 << 21;
7162 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7163 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7164 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7165 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7166 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7167 }
7168 break;
7169
7170 case R_PPC_TLS:
7171 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7172 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7173 {
7174 bfd_vma insn;
7175
7176 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7177 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7178 if (insn == 0)
7179 abort ();
7180 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7181 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7182 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7183
7184 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7185 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7186 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7187 }
7188 break;
7189
7190 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7191 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7192 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7193 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7194 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7195 break;
7196
7197 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7198 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7199 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7200 {
7201 tls_gdld_hi:
7202 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7203 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7204 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7205 else
7206 {
7207 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7208 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7209 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7210 }
7211 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7212 }
7213 break;
7214
7215 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7216 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7217 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7218 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7219 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7220 break;
7221
7222 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7223 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7224 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7225 {
7226 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7227 bfd_vma offset;
7228
7229 tls_ldgd_opt:
7230 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7231 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7232 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7233 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7234 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7235 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7236 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7237 && rel + 1 < relend
7238 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7239 htab->tls_get_addr))
7240 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7241 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7242 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7243 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7244 intervening code. */
7245 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7246 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7247 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7248 {
7249 /* IE */
7250 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7251 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7252 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7253 {
7254 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7255 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7256 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7257 }
7258 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7259 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7260 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7261 }
7262 else
7263 {
7264 /* LE */
7265 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7266 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7267 if (tls_gd == 0)
7268 {
7269 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7270 for (r_symndx = 0;
7271 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7272 r_symndx++)
7273 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7274 break;
7275 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7276 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7277 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7278 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7279 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7280 + sec->output_offset
7281 + sec->output_section->vma);
7282 }
7283 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7284 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7285 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7286 {
7287 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7288 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7289 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7290 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7291 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7292 }
7293 }
7294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7295 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7296 if (tls_gd == 0)
7297 {
7298 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7299 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7300 goto again;
7301 }
7302 }
7303 break;
7304
7305 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7306 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7307 && rel + 1 < relend)
7308 {
7309 unsigned int insn2;
7310 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7311
7312 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7313 {
7314 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7315 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7316 break;
7317 }
7318
7319 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7320 {
7321 /* IE */
7322 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7323 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7324 }
7325 else
7326 {
7327 /* LE */
7328 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7329 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7330 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7331 }
7332 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7333 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7334 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7335 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7336 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7337 }
7338 break;
7339
7340 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7341 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7342 && rel + 1 < relend)
7343 {
7344 unsigned int insn2;
7345
7346 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7347 {
7348 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7349 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7350 break;
7351 }
7352
7353 for (r_symndx = 0;
7354 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7355 r_symndx++)
7356 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7357 break;
7358 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7359 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7360 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7361 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7362 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7363 + sec->output_offset
7364 + sec->output_section->vma);
7365
7366 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7367 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7368 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7369 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7370 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7371 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7372 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7373 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7374 goto again;
7375 }
7376 break;
7377 }
7378
7379 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7380 branch_bit = 0;
7381 switch (r_type)
7382 {
7383 default:
7384 break;
7385
7386 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7387 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7388 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7389 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7390 /* Fall through. */
7391
7392 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7393 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7394 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7395 {
7396 unsigned int insn;
7397
7398 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7399 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7400 insn |= branch_bit;
7401
7402 from = (rel->r_offset
7403 + input_section->output_offset
7404 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7405
7406 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7407 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7408 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7409
7410 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7411 }
7412 break;
7413
7414 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7415 {
7416 unsigned int insn;
7417
7418 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7419 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7420 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7421 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7422 {
7423 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7424 {
7425 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7426 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7427 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7428 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7429 }
7430 }
7431 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7432 info->callbacks->einfo
7433 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7434 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7435 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7436 }
7437 break;
7438 }
7439
7440 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7441 && h != NULL
7442 && !h->def_regular
7443 && h->protected_def
7444 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7445 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7446 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7447 {
7448 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7449 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7450 unsigned int insn;
7451
7452 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
7453 {
7454 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7455 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7456 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7457 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7458 {
7459 bfd_byte *p;
7460 bfd_vma off;
7461 bfd_vma got_addr;
7462
7463 p = (contents + input_section->size
7464 - relax_info->workaround_size
7465 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7466 + picfixup_size);
7467 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7468 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7469 info->callbacks->einfo
7470 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7471 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7472
7473 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7474 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7475 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7476 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7477 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7478 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7479 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7480 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7481 insn &= ~0xffff;
7482 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7483 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7484
7485 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7486 insn &= ~0xffff;
7487 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7488 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7489 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7490 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7491
7492 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7493 picfixup_size += 12;
7494
7495 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7496 output is reasonable. */
7497 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7498 wrel++, rel++;
7499 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7500 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7501 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7502
7503 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7504 dynamic reloc. */
7505 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7506 }
7507 else
7508 _bfd_error_handler
7509 /* xgettext:c-format */
7510 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7511 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7512 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7513 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7514 }
7515 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
7516 {
7517 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7518 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7519 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7520 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7521 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7522 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7523 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7524 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7525 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7526 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7527 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7528 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7529 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7530 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7531 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7532 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7533 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7534 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7535 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7536 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7537 {
7538 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7539 relocation = 0;
7540 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7541 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7542 }
7543 else
7544 _bfd_error_handler
7545 /* xgettext:c-format */
7546 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7547 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7548 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7549 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7550 }
7551 }
7552
7553 ifunc = NULL;
7554 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7555 {
7556 struct plt_entry *ent;
7557
7558 if (h != NULL)
7559 {
7560 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7561 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7562 }
7563 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7564 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7565 {
7566 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7567
7568 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7569 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7570 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7571 }
7572
7573 ent = NULL;
7574 if (ifunc != NULL
7575 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7576 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7577 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7578 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7579 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7580 {
7581 addend = 0;
7582 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7583 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7584 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7585 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7586 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7587 addend = rel->r_addend;
7588 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7589 }
7590 if (ent != NULL)
7591 {
7592 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7593 && ent->sec != got2
7594 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7595 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7596 || h == NULL
7597 || h->dynindx == -1))
7598 {
7599 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7600 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7601 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7602 apparently are using code compiled with
7603 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7604 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7605 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7606 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7607 into .got2). */
7608 info->callbacks->einfo
7609 /* xgettext:c-format */
7610 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7611 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7612 }
7613
7614 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7615 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7616 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7617 || h == NULL
7618 || h->dynindx == -1)
7619 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7620 + htab->glink->output_offset
7621 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7622 else
7623 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7624 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7625 + ent->plt.offset);
7626 }
7627 }
7628
7629 addend = rel->r_addend;
7630 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7631 howto = NULL;
7632 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7633 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7634
7635 switch (r_type)
7636 {
7637 default:
7638 break;
7639
7640 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7641 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7642 {
7643 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7644 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7645 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7646 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7647 /* xgettext:c-format */
7648 info->callbacks->minfo
7649 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7650 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, insn);
7651 else
7652 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
7653 }
7654 break;
7655
7656 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7657 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7658 {
7659 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7660 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7661 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7662 insn |= 2 << 16;
7663 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7664 }
7665 break;
7666 }
7667
7668 tls_type = 0;
7669 switch (r_type)
7670 {
7671 default:
7672 /* xgettext:c-format */
7673 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7674 input_bfd, howto->name);
7675
7676 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7677 ret = FALSE;
7678 goto copy_reloc;
7679
7680 case R_PPC_NONE:
7681 case R_PPC_TLS:
7682 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7683 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7684 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7685 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7686 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7687 goto copy_reloc;
7688
7689 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7690 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7691 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7692 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7693 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7694 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7695 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7696 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7697 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7698 goto dogot;
7699
7700 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7701 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7702 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7703 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7704 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7705 goto dogot;
7706
7707 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7709 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7710 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7711 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7712 goto dogot;
7713
7714 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7715 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7716 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7717 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7718 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7719 goto dogot;
7720
7721 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7722 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7723 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7724 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7725 tls_mask = 0;
7726 dogot:
7727 {
7728 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7729 offset table. */
7730 bfd_vma off;
7731 bfd_vma *offp;
7732 unsigned long indx;
7733
7734 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7735 abort ();
7736
7737 indx = 0;
7738 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7739 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7740 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7741 else if (h != NULL)
7742 {
7743 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7744 || h->dynindx == -1
7745 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7746 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7747 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7748 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7749 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7750 because of a version file. */
7751 ;
7752 else
7753 {
7754 indx = h->dynindx;
7755 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7756 }
7757 offp = &h->got.offset;
7758 }
7759 else
7760 {
7761 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7762 abort ();
7763 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7764 }
7765
7766 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7767 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7768 processed this entry. */
7769 off = *offp;
7770 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7771 off &= ~1;
7772 else
7773 {
7774 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7775 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7776 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7777 : 0);
7778
7779 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7780 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7781 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7782 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7783 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7784
7785 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7786 Initialize them all. */
7787 do
7788 {
7789 int tls_ty = 0;
7790
7791 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7792 {
7793 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7794 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7795 }
7796 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7797 {
7798 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7799 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7800 }
7801 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7802 {
7803 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7804 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7805 }
7806 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7807 {
7808 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7809 tls_m = 0;
7810 }
7811
7812 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7813 if (indx != 0
7814 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7815 && (h == NULL
7816 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7817 && !(tls_ty != 0
7818 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7819 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))))
7820 {
7821 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7822 bfd_byte * loc;
7823
7824 if (ifunc != NULL)
7825 {
7826 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7827 if (indx == 0)
7828 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7829 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7830 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7831 }
7832 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7833 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7834 + off);
7835 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7836 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7837 {
7838 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7839 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7840 {
7841 loc = rsec->contents;
7842 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7843 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7844 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7845 &outrel, loc);
7846 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7847 outrel.r_info
7848 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7849 }
7850 }
7851 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7852 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7853 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7854 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7855 else if (indx != 0)
7856 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7857 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7858 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7859 else
7860 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7861 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7862 {
7863 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7864 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7865 {
7866 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7867 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7868 else
7869 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7870 }
7871 }
7872 loc = rsec->contents;
7873 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7874 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7875 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7876 }
7877
7878 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7879 emitting a reloc. */
7880 else
7881 {
7882 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7883
7884 if (tls_ty != 0)
7885 {
7886 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7887 value = 0;
7888 else
7889 {
7890 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7891 value = 0;
7892 else
7893 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7894 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7895 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7896 }
7897
7898 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7899 {
7900 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7901 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7902 value = 1;
7903 }
7904 }
7905 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7906 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7907 }
7908
7909 off += 4;
7910 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7911 off += 4;
7912 }
7913 while (tls_m != 0);
7914
7915 off = *offp;
7916 *offp = off | 1;
7917 }
7918
7919 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7920 abort ();
7921
7922 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7923 {
7924 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7925 {
7926 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7927 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7928 off += 8;
7929 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7930 {
7931 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7932 off += 8;
7933 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7934 {
7935 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7936 off += 4;
7937 }
7938 }
7939 }
7940 }
7941
7942 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7943 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7944 goto copy_reloc;
7945
7946 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7947 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7948 + off
7949 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7950
7951 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7952 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7953 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7954 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7955 if (addend != 0)
7956 info->callbacks->einfo
7957 /* xgettext:c-format */
7958 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7959 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7960 howto->name,
7961 sym_name);
7962 }
7963 break;
7964
7965 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7966 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7967 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7968 at a symbol not in this object. */
7969 if (unresolved_reloc)
7970 {
7971 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7972 h->root.root.string,
7973 input_bfd,
7974 input_section,
7975 rel->r_offset,
7976 TRUE);
7977 goto copy_reloc;
7978 }
7979 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7980 {
7981 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7982 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7983 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7984 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7985 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7986 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7987 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7988 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7989 /* xgettext:c-format */
7990 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7991 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7992 h->root.root.string);
7993 }
7994 break;
7995
7996 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
7997 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
7998 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
7999 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8000 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8001 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8002 break;
8003
8004 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8005 object. */
8006 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8007 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8008 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
8009 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8010 if (h != NULL
8011 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8012 && h->dynindx == -1)
8013 {
8014 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8015 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8016 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8017 defined before using them. */
8018 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
8019 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8020 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
8021 if (insn != 0)
8022 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8023 break;
8024 }
8025 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8026 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8027 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8028 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8029 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8030 goto dodyn;
8031
8032 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8033 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8034 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8035 goto dodyn;
8036
8037 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8038 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8039 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8040 goto dodyn;
8041
8042 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8043 relocation = 1;
8044 addend = 0;
8045 goto dodyn;
8046
8047 case R_PPC_REL16:
8048 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8049 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8050 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8051 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8052 break;
8053
8054 case R_PPC_REL32:
8055 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8056 break;
8057 /* fall through */
8058
8059 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8060 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8061 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8062 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8063 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8064 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8065 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8066 goto dodyn;
8067
8068 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8069 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8070 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8071 case R_PPC_REL24:
8072 case R_PPC_REL14:
8073 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8074 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8075 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8076 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8077 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8078 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8079 break;
8080 /* fall through */
8081
8082 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8083 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8084 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8085 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8086 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8087 break;
8088 /* fall through */
8089
8090 dodyn:
8091 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8092 || is_vxworks_tls)
8093 break;
8094
8095 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8096 ? ((h == NULL
8097 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8098 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8099 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8100 : (h != NULL
8101 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8102 {
8103 int skip;
8104 bfd_byte *loc;
8105 asection *sreloc;
8106 long indx = 0;
8107
8108 #ifdef DEBUG
8109 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8110 "create relocation for %s\n",
8111 (h && h->root.root.string
8112 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8113 #endif
8114
8115 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8116 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8117 time. */
8118 skip = 0;
8119 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8120 input_section,
8121 rel->r_offset);
8122 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8123 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8124 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8125 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8126 + input_section->output_offset);
8127
8128 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8129 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8130 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8131 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8132 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8133 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8134 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8135
8136 if (skip)
8137 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8138 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8139 {
8140 indx = h->dynindx;
8141 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8142 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8143 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8144 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8145 }
8146 else
8147 {
8148 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8149
8150 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8151 {
8152 if (ifunc != NULL)
8153 {
8154 /* If we get here when building a static
8155 executable, then the libc startup function
8156 responsible for applying indirect function
8157 relocations is going to complain about
8158 the reloc type.
8159 If we get here when building a dynamic
8160 executable, it will be because we have
8161 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8162 will set the text segment writable and
8163 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8164 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8165 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8166 info->callbacks->einfo
8167 /* xgettext:c-format */
8168 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8169 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8170 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8171 howto->name,
8172 sym_name);
8173 ret = FALSE;
8174 }
8175 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8176 ;
8177 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8178 {
8179 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8180 ret = FALSE;
8181 }
8182 else
8183 {
8184 asection *osec;
8185
8186 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8187 against a section symbol. It would be
8188 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8189 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8190 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8191 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8192 osec = sec->output_section;
8193 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8194 {
8195 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8196 indx = 0;
8197 }
8198 else
8199 {
8200 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8201 if (indx == 0)
8202 {
8203 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8204 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8205 }
8206 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8207 }
8208
8209 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8210 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8211 addend for them. */
8212 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8213 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8214 }
8215
8216 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8217 }
8218 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8219 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8220 else
8221 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8222 }
8223
8224 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8225 if (ifunc)
8226 {
8227 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8228 if (indx == 0)
8229 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8230 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8231 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8232 }
8233 if (sreloc == NULL)
8234 return FALSE;
8235
8236 loc = sreloc->contents;
8237 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8238 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
8239
8240 if (skip == -1)
8241 goto copy_reloc;
8242
8243 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8244 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8245 if (!skip)
8246 {
8247 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8248 addend = 0;
8249 break;
8250 }
8251 }
8252 break;
8253
8254 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8255 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8256 if (h != NULL)
8257 {
8258 struct plt_entry *ent;
8259 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8260
8261 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8262 {
8263 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8264 got2_addend = addend;
8265 addend = 0;
8266 }
8267 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8268 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8269 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8270 + htab->glink->output_offset
8271 + ent->glink_offset);
8272 else
8273 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8274 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8275 + ent->plt.offset);
8276 }
8277 /* Fall through. */
8278
8279 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8280 {
8281 const int *stub;
8282 size_t size;
8283 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8284 unsigned int insn;
8285
8286 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8287 {
8288 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8289 + input_section->output_offset
8290 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8291 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8292 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8293 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8295 stub += 3;
8296 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8297 }
8298 else
8299 {
8300 stub = stub_entry;
8301 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8302 }
8303
8304 relocation += addend;
8305 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8306 relocation = 0;
8307
8308 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8309 insn = *stub++;
8310 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8312 insn_offset += 4;
8313
8314 insn = *stub++;
8315 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8316 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8317 insn_offset += 4;
8318 size -= 2;
8319
8320 while (size != 0)
8321 {
8322 insn = *stub++;
8323 --size;
8324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8325 insn_offset += 4;
8326 }
8327
8328 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8329 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8330 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8331 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8332 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8333 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8334 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8335 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8336 wrel++, rel++;
8337 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8338 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8339 }
8340 continue;
8341
8342 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8343 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8344 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8345 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8346 {
8347 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8348 break;
8349 }
8350 relocation
8351 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8352 h, relocation, rel);
8353 addend = 0;
8354 break;
8355
8356 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8357 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8358 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8359 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8360 {
8361 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8362 break;
8363 }
8364 relocation
8365 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8366 h, relocation, rel);
8367 addend = 0;
8368 break;
8369
8370 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8371 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8372 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8373 AIX .toc section. */
8374 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8375 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8376 {
8377 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8378 break;
8379 }
8380 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8381 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8382
8383 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8384 break;
8385
8386 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8387 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8388 {
8389 struct plt_entry *ent;
8390
8391 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8392 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8393 if (ent == NULL
8394 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8395 {
8396 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8397 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8398 using -Bsymbolic. */
8399 }
8400 else
8401 {
8402 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8403 procedure linkage table. */
8404 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8405 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8406 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8407 + htab->glink->output_offset
8408 + ent->glink_offset);
8409 else
8410 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8411 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8412 + ent->plt.offset);
8413 }
8414 }
8415
8416 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8417 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8418 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8419 addend = 0;
8420 break;
8421
8422 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8423 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8424 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8425 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8426 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8427 plt_list = NULL;
8428 if (h != NULL)
8429 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8430 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8431 plt_list = ifunc;
8432 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8433 {
8434 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8435 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8436 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8437 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8438 }
8439 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8440 if (plt_list != NULL)
8441 {
8442 struct plt_entry *ent;
8443
8444 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8445 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8446 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8447 {
8448 asection *plt;
8449
8450 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8451 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8452 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8453 || h == NULL
8454 || h->dynindx == -1)
8455 {
8456 if (ifunc != NULL)
8457 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8458 else
8459 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8460 }
8461 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8462 + plt->output_offset
8463 + ent->plt.offset);
8464 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8465 {
8466 bfd_vma got = 0;
8467
8468 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8469 got = (ent->addend
8470 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8471 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8472 else
8473 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8474 relocation -= got;
8475 }
8476 }
8477 }
8478 addend = 0;
8479 break;
8480
8481 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8482 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8483 {
8484 const char *name;
8485 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8486
8487 if (sec == NULL
8488 || sec->output_section == NULL
8489 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8490 {
8491 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8492 break;
8493 }
8494 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8495
8496 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8497 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8498 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8499 {
8500 _bfd_error_handler
8501 /* xgettext:c-format */
8502 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8503 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8504 input_bfd,
8505 sym_name,
8506 howto->name,
8507 name);
8508 }
8509 }
8510 break;
8511
8512 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8513 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8514 {
8515 const char *name;
8516 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8517
8518 if (sec == NULL
8519 || sec->output_section == NULL
8520 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8521 {
8522 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8523 break;
8524 }
8525 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8526
8527 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8528 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8529 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8530 {
8531 _bfd_error_handler
8532 /* xgettext:c-format */
8533 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8534 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8535 input_bfd,
8536 sym_name,
8537 howto->name,
8538 name);
8539 }
8540 }
8541 break;
8542
8543 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8544 relocation = relocation + addend;
8545 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8546 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8547 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8548 goto copy_reloc;
8549
8550 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8551 relocation = relocation + addend;
8552 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8553 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8554 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8555 goto copy_reloc;
8556
8557 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8558 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8559 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8560 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8561 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8562 goto copy_reloc;
8563
8564 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8565 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8566 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8567 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8568 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8569 goto copy_reloc;
8570
8571 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8572 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8573 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8574 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8575 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8576 goto copy_reloc;
8577
8578 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8579 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8580 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8581 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8582 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8583 goto copy_reloc;
8584
8585 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8586 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8587 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8588 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8589 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8590 {
8591 const char *name;
8592 int reg;
8593 unsigned int insn;
8594 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8595
8596 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8597 {
8598 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8599 break;
8600 }
8601
8602 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8603 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8604 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8605 {
8606 reg = 13;
8607 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8608 }
8609 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8610 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8611 {
8612 reg = 2;
8613 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8614 }
8615 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8616 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8617 {
8618 reg = 0;
8619 }
8620 else
8621 {
8622 _bfd_error_handler
8623 /* xgettext:c-format */
8624 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8625 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8626 input_bfd,
8627 sym_name,
8628 howto->name,
8629 name);
8630
8631 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8632 ret = FALSE;
8633 goto copy_reloc;
8634 }
8635
8636 if (sda != NULL)
8637 {
8638 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8639 {
8640 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8641 break;
8642 }
8643 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8644 }
8645
8646 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8647 break;
8648
8649 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8650 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8651 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8652 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8653 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8654 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8655 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8656 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8657 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8658
8659 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8660 if (reg == 0
8661 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8662 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8663 {
8664 relocation = relocation + addend;
8665 addend = 0;
8666
8667 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8668 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8669 insn |= 28u << 26;
8670
8671 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8672 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8673 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8674 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8675 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8676 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8677 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8678
8679 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8680
8681 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8682 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8683 goto overflow;
8684 goto copy_reloc;
8685 }
8686 /* Fill in register field. */
8687 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8688 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8689 }
8690 break;
8691
8692 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8693 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8694 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8695 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8696 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8697 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8698 {
8699 bfd_vma value;
8700 const char *name;
8701 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8702
8703 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8704 {
8705 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8706 break;
8707 }
8708
8709 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8710 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8711 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8712 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8713 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8714 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8715 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8716 else
8717 {
8718 _bfd_error_handler
8719 /* xgettext:c-format */
8720 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8721 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8722 input_bfd,
8723 sym_name,
8724 howto->name,
8725 name);
8726
8727 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8728 ret = FALSE;
8729 goto copy_reloc;
8730 }
8731
8732 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8733 {
8734 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8735 break;
8736 }
8737 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8738
8739 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8740 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8741 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8742 split16a_type,
8743 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8744 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8745 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8746 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8747 split16d_type,
8748 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8749 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8750 {
8751 value = value >> 16;
8752 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8753 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8754 split16a_type,
8755 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8756 }
8757 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8758 {
8759 value = value >> 16;
8760 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8761 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8762 split16d_type,
8763 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8764 }
8765 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8766 {
8767 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8768 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8769 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8770 split16a_type,
8771 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8772 }
8773 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8774 {
8775 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8776 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8777 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8778 split16d_type,
8779 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8780 }
8781 }
8782 goto copy_reloc;
8783
8784 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8785 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation);
8786 goto copy_reloc;
8787
8788 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8789 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8790 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8791 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8792 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8793 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8794 {
8795 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8796 break;
8797 }
8798 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8799 break;
8800
8801 /* Negative relocations. */
8802 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8803 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8804 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8805 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8806 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8807 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8808 break;
8809
8810 case R_PPC_COPY:
8811 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8812 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8813 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8814 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8815 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8816 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8817 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8818 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8819 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8820 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8821 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8822 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8823 /* xgettext:c-format */
8824 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8825 input_bfd, howto->name);
8826
8827 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8828 ret = FALSE;
8829 goto copy_reloc;
8830 }
8831
8832 switch (r_type)
8833 {
8834 default:
8835 break;
8836
8837 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8838 if (unresolved_reloc)
8839 {
8840 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8841 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8842 insn &= 1;
8843 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8844 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8845 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8846 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8847 }
8848 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8849 info->callbacks->einfo
8850 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8851 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8852 howto->name);
8853 break;
8854
8855 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8856 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8857 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8858 if (unresolved_reloc)
8859 {
8860 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8861 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8862 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8863 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8864 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8865 }
8866 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8867 info->callbacks->einfo
8868 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8869 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8870 howto->name);
8871 break;
8872 }
8873
8874 /* Do any further special processing. */
8875 switch (r_type)
8876 {
8877 default:
8878 break;
8879
8880 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8881 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8882 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8883 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8884 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8885 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8886 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8887 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8888 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8889 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8890 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8891 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8892 if (sec == NULL)
8893 break;
8894 /* Fall through. */
8895
8896 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8897 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8898 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8899 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8900 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8901 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8902 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8903 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8904 addend += 0x8000;
8905 break;
8906
8907 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8908 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8909 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8910 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8911 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8912 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8913 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8914 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8915 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8916 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8917 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8918 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8919 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8920 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8921 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8922 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8923 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8924 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8925 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8926 {
8927 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8928 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8929 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8930 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
8931
8932 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
8933 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
8934 mask = 0;
8935 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
8936 mask = 3;
8937 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
8938 mask = 15;
8939 else
8940 break;
8941 relocation += addend;
8942 addend = insn & mask;
8943 lobit = mask & relocation;
8944 if (lobit != 0)
8945 {
8946 relocation ^= lobit;
8947 info->callbacks->einfo
8948 /* xgettext:c-format */
8949 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8950 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8951 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
8952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8953 ret = FALSE;
8954 }
8955 }
8956 break;
8957 }
8958
8959 #ifdef DEBUG
8960 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8961 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8962 howto->name,
8963 (int) r_type,
8964 sym_name,
8965 r_symndx,
8966 (long) rel->r_offset,
8967 (long) addend);
8968 #endif
8969
8970 if (unresolved_reloc
8971 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
8972 && h->def_dynamic)
8973 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
8974 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
8975 {
8976 info->callbacks->einfo
8977 /* xgettext:c-format */
8978 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8979 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8980 howto->name,
8981 sym_name);
8982 ret = FALSE;
8983 }
8984
8985 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8986 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8987 have different reloc types. */
8988 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
8989 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
8990 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
8991 {
8992 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
8993
8994 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
8995 {
8996 unsigned int insn;
8997
8998 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
8999 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9000 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
9001 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9002 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9003 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9004 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
9005 }
9006 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
9007 {
9008 alt_howto = *howto;
9009 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
9010 howto = &alt_howto;
9011 }
9012 }
9013
9014 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
9015 {
9016 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9017 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size)
9018 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
9019 else
9020 {
9021 unsigned int insn;
9022
9023 relocation += addend;
9024 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
9025 + input_section->output_offset
9026 + input_section->output_section->vma);
9027 relocation >>= 16;
9028 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9029 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9030 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9031 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9032 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9033 }
9034 }
9035 else
9036 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9037 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9038
9039 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9040 {
9041 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9042 {
9043 overflow:
9044 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9045 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9046 if (!warned
9047 && !(h != NULL
9048 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9049 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9050 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9051 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9052 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9053 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9054 }
9055 else
9056 {
9057 info->callbacks->einfo
9058 /* xgettext:c-format */
9059 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9060 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9061 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9062 ret = FALSE;
9063 }
9064 }
9065 copy_reloc:
9066 if (wrel != rel)
9067 *wrel = *rel;
9068 }
9069
9070 if (wrel != rel)
9071 {
9072 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9073 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9074
9075 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9076 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9077 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9078 {
9079 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9080 one NONE reloc.
9081 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9082 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9083 deleted -= 1;
9084 wrel++;
9085 }
9086 relend = wrel;
9087 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9088 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9089 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9090 }
9091
9092 #ifdef DEBUG
9093 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9094 #endif
9095
9096 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9097 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9098 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9099 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9100 {
9101 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9102 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9103 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9104 }
9105
9106 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9107 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9108 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9109 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9110 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9111 {
9112 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9113 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9114
9115 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9116 {
9117 bfd_byte *p;
9118 unsigned int n;
9119 bfd_byte fill[4];
9120
9121 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9122 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9123 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9124 while (n--)
9125 {
9126 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9127 p += 4;
9128 }
9129 }
9130
9131 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9132 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9133 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9134 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9135 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9136
9137 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9138 + input_section->output_offset);
9139 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9140 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9141 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9142 addr < end_addr;
9143 addr += pagesize)
9144 {
9145 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9146 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9147 bfd_boolean is_data;
9148 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9149 unsigned int insn;
9150
9151 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9152 the word alone. */
9153 is_data = FALSE;
9154 lo = relocs;
9155 hi = relend;
9156 rel = NULL;
9157 while (lo < hi)
9158 {
9159 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9160 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9161 lo = rel + 1;
9162 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9163 hi = rel;
9164 else
9165 {
9166 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9167 {
9168 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9169 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9170 case R_PPC_REL32:
9171 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9172 is_data = TRUE;
9173 break;
9174 default:
9175 break;
9176 }
9177 break;
9178 }
9179 }
9180 if (is_data)
9181 continue;
9182
9183 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9184 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9185 avoid the icache failure.
9186
9187 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9188 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9189 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9190 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9191 unconditional branches:
9192 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9193 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9194 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9195 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9196 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9197 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9198 instruction is not executed.
9199
9200 A bctr example:
9201 .
9202 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9203 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9204 . mtctr 9
9205 . bctr
9206 . nop
9207 . nop
9208 . new_page:
9209 .
9210 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9211 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9212 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9213 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9214 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9215 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9216 place:
9217 .
9218 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9219 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9220 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9221 . bctr bctr
9222 . nop b somewhere_else
9223 . b somewhere_else nop
9224 . new_page: new_page:
9225 . */
9226 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9227 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9228 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9229 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9230 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9231 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9232 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9233 continue;
9234
9235 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9236 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9237 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9238 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9239 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9240
9241 if (rel != NULL
9242 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9243 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9244 {
9245 asection *sreloc;
9246
9247 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9248 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9249 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9250 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9251 {
9252 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9253
9254 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9255 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9256 relend[-1] = tmp;
9257 }
9258 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9259
9260 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9261 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9262 {
9263 case R_PPC_REL16:
9264 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9265 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9266 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9267 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9268 break;
9269 default:
9270 break;
9271 }
9272
9273 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9274 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9275 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9276 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9277 if (sreloc != NULL)
9278 {
9279 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9280 bfd_vma soffset;
9281
9282 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9283 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9284 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9285 + input_section->output_offset);
9286 while (slo < shi)
9287 {
9288 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9289 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9290 &outrel);
9291 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9292 slo = srel + 1;
9293 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9294 shi = srel;
9295 else
9296 {
9297 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9298 {
9299 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9300 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9301 srel = srelend - 1;
9302 }
9303 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9304 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9305 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9306 break;
9307 }
9308 }
9309 }
9310 }
9311 else
9312 rel = NULL;
9313
9314 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9315 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9316 {
9317 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9318
9319 delta += offset - patch_off;
9320 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9321 delta = 0;
9322 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9323 {
9324 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9325
9326 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9327 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9328 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9329 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9330 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9331 else
9332 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9333
9334 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9335 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9336 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9337 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9338 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9339 }
9340 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9341 {
9342 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9343 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9344 contents + patch_off);
9345 patch_off += 4;
9346 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9347 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9348 contents + patch_off);
9349 patch_off += 4;
9350 }
9351 else
9352 {
9353 if (rel != NULL)
9354 {
9355 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9356
9357 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9358 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9359 }
9360 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9361 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9362 contents + patch_off);
9363 patch_off += 4;
9364 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9365 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9366 contents + patch_off);
9367 patch_off += 4;
9368 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9369 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9370 contents + patch_off);
9371 patch_off += 4;
9372 }
9373 }
9374 else
9375 {
9376 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9377 patch_off += 4;
9378 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9379 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9380 contents + patch_off);
9381 patch_off += 4;
9382 }
9383 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9384 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9385 }
9386 }
9387
9388 return ret;
9389 }
9390 \f
9391 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9392
9393 static bfd_boolean
9394 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9395 {
9396 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9397 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9398 struct plt_entry *ent;
9399 bfd_boolean doneone;
9400
9401 doneone = FALSE;
9402 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9403 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9404 {
9405 if (!doneone)
9406 {
9407 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9408 bfd_byte *loc;
9409 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9410 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9411 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9412
9413 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9414 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9415 || h->dynindx == -1)
9416 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9417 else
9418 {
9419 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9420 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9421 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9422 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9423 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9424 }
9425
9426 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9427 Set it up. */
9428 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS
9429 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9430 && h->dynindx != -1)
9431 {
9432 bfd_vma got_offset;
9433 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9434
9435 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9436 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9437
9438 /* Use the right PLT. */
9439 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9440 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9441
9442 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9443 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9444 {
9445 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9446 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9447 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9448 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9449 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9450 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9451 }
9452 else
9453 {
9454 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9455
9456 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9457 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9458 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9459 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9460 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9461 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9462 }
9463
9464 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9465 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9466 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9467 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9468
9469 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9470 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9471 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9472 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9473 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9474 prescaled offset. */
9475 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9476 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9477 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9478 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9479 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9480 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9481 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9482 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9483 offset. */
9484 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9485 (plt_entry[5]
9486 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9487 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9488 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9489 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9490 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9491 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9492
9493 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9494 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9495 in this PLT entry. */
9496 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9497 + plt->output_offset
9498 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9499 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9500
9501 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9502 {
9503 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9504 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9505 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9506 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9507 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9508
9509 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9510 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9511 + plt->output_offset
9512 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9513 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9514 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9515 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9516 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9517 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9518
9519 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9520 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9521 + plt->output_offset
9522 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9523 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9524 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9525 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9526 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9527 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9528
9529 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9530 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9531 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9532 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9533 + got_offset);
9534 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9535 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9536 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9537 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9538 }
9539
9540 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9541 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9542 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9543 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9544 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9545 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9546 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9547 + got_offset);
9548 rela.r_addend = 0;
9549 }
9550 else
9551 {
9552 rela.r_addend = 0;
9553 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9554 || h->dynindx == -1)
9555 {
9556 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9557 {
9558 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9559 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9560 }
9561 else
9562 {
9563 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9564 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9565 }
9566 if (h->def_regular
9567 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9568 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9569 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9570 }
9571
9572 if (relplt == NULL)
9573 {
9574 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9575 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9576 }
9577 else
9578 {
9579 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9580 + plt->output_offset
9581 + ent->plt.offset);
9582
9583 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
9584 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9585 || h->dynindx == -1)
9586 {
9587 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9588 linker will fill it in. */
9589 }
9590 else
9591 {
9592 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9593 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9594 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9595 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9596 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9597 }
9598 }
9599 }
9600
9601 if (relplt != NULL)
9602 {
9603 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9604 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9605 || h->dynindx == -1)
9606 {
9607 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9608 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9609 else
9610 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9611 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9612 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9613 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9614 }
9615 else
9616 {
9617 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9618 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9619 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9620 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9621 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9622 }
9623 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9624 }
9625 doneone = TRUE;
9626 }
9627
9628 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9629 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9630 || h->dynindx == -1)
9631 {
9632 unsigned char *p;
9633 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9634
9635 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9636 || h->dynindx == -1)
9637 {
9638 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9639 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9640 else
9641 break;
9642 }
9643
9644 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9645 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9646
9647 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9648 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9649 break;
9650 }
9651 else
9652 break;
9653 }
9654 return TRUE;
9655 }
9656
9657 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9658
9659 bfd_boolean
9660 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9661 {
9662 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9663 bfd *ibfd;
9664
9665 if (!htab)
9666 return TRUE;
9667
9668 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9669
9670 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9671 {
9672 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9673 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9674 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9675 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9676 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9677 struct plt_entry *ent;
9678
9679 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9680 continue;
9681
9682 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9683 if (!local_got)
9684 continue;
9685
9686 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9687 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9688 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9689 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9690 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9691 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9692 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9693 {
9694 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9695 {
9696 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9697 asection *sym_sec;
9698 asection *plt, *relplt;
9699 bfd_byte *loc;
9700 bfd_vma val;
9701 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9702 unsigned char *p;
9703
9704 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9705 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9706 {
9707 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9708 free (local_syms);
9709 return FALSE;
9710 }
9711
9712 val = sym->st_value;
9713 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9714 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9715
9716 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9717 {
9718 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9719 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9720 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9721 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9722 }
9723 else
9724 {
9725 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9726 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9727 {
9728 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9729 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9730 }
9731 else
9732 {
9733 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9734 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9735 continue;
9736 }
9737 }
9738
9739 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9740 + plt->output_offset
9741 + plt->output_section->vma);
9742 rela.r_addend = val;
9743 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9744 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9745 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9746
9747 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9748 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9749 }
9750 }
9751
9752 if (local_syms != NULL
9753 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9754 {
9755 if (!info->keep_memory)
9756 free (local_syms);
9757 else
9758 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9759 }
9760 }
9761 return TRUE;
9762 }
9763
9764 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9765 dynamic sections here. */
9766
9767 static bfd_boolean
9768 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9769 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9770 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9771 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9772 {
9773 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9774 struct plt_entry *ent;
9775
9776 #ifdef DEBUG
9777 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9778 h->root.root.string);
9779 #endif
9780
9781 if (!h->def_regular
9782 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9783 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9784 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9785 {
9786 if (!h->def_regular)
9787 {
9788 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9789 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9790 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9791 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9792 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9793 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9794 to zero. */
9795 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9796 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9797 sym->st_value = 0;
9798 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9799 {
9800 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9801 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9802 function pointer. */
9803 sym->st_value = 0;
9804 }
9805 }
9806 else
9807 {
9808 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9809 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9810 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9811 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9812 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9813 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9814 relocation. */
9815 sym->st_shndx
9816 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9817 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9818 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9819 + htab->glink->output_offset
9820 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9821 }
9822 break;
9823 }
9824
9825 if (h->needs_copy)
9826 {
9827 asection *s;
9828 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9829 bfd_byte *loc;
9830
9831 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9832
9833 #ifdef DEBUG
9834 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9835 #endif
9836
9837 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9838
9839 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9840 s = htab->relsbss;
9841 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9842 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9843 else
9844 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9845 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9846
9847 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9848 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9849 rela.r_addend = 0;
9850 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9851 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9852 }
9853
9854 #ifdef DEBUG
9855 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9856 #endif
9857
9858 return TRUE;
9859 }
9860 \f
9861 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9862 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9863 const asection *rel_sec,
9864 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9865 {
9866 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9867
9868 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9869 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9870
9871 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9872 {
9873 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9874 return reloc_class_relative;
9875 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9876 return reloc_class_plt;
9877 case R_PPC_COPY:
9878 return reloc_class_copy;
9879 default:
9880 return reloc_class_normal;
9881 }
9882 }
9883 \f
9884 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9885
9886 static bfd_boolean
9887 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9888 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9889 {
9890 asection *sdyn;
9891 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9892 bfd_vma got;
9893 bfd *dynobj;
9894 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
9895
9896 #ifdef DEBUG
9897 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9898 #endif
9899
9900 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9901 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9902 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9903
9904 got = 0;
9905 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9906 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9907
9908 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9909 {
9910 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9911
9912 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9913
9914 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9915 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9916 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9917 {
9918 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9919 asection *s;
9920
9921 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9922
9923 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9924 {
9925 case DT_PLTGOT:
9926 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9927 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9928 else
9929 s = htab->elf.splt;
9930 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9931 break;
9932
9933 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9934 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9935 break;
9936
9937 case DT_JMPREL:
9938 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
9939 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9940 break;
9941
9942 case DT_PPC_GOT:
9943 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
9944 break;
9945
9946 case DT_TEXTREL:
9947 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
9948 info->callbacks->einfo
9949 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9950 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9951 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
9952 info->callbacks->einfo
9953 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9954 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9955 continue;
9956
9957 default:
9958 if (htab->is_vxworks
9959 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
9960 break;
9961 continue;
9962 }
9963
9964 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
9965 }
9966 }
9967
9968 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
9969 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
9970 {
9971 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
9972 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
9973 {
9974 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
9975
9976 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
9977 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9978 {
9979 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9980 so that a function can easily find the address of
9981 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9982 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
9983 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
9985 }
9986
9987 if (sdyn != NULL)
9988 {
9989 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
9990 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
9991 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9992 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
9993 }
9994 }
9995 else
9996 {
9997 /* xgettext:c-format */
9998 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9999 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
10000 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
10001 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
10002 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
10003 ret = FALSE;
10004 }
10005
10006 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
10007 }
10008
10009 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10010 if (htab->is_vxworks
10011 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
10012 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
10013 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10014 {
10015 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
10016 /* Use the right PLT. */
10017 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
10018 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10019 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
10020
10021 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
10022 {
10023 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
10024
10025 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
10026 splt->contents + 0);
10027 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
10028 splt->contents + 4);
10029 }
10030 else
10031 {
10032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10033 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10034 }
10035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10041
10042 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10043 {
10044 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10045 bfd_byte *loc;
10046
10047 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10048
10049 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10050 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10051 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10052 + 2);
10053 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10054 rela.r_addend = 0;
10055 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10056 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10057
10058 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10059 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10060 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10061 + 6);
10062 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10063 rela.r_addend = 0;
10064 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10065 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10066
10067 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10068 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10069 in which symbols were output. */
10070 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10071 {
10072 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10073
10074 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10075 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10076 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10077 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10078
10079 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10080 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10081 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10082 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10083
10084 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10085 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10087 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10088 }
10089 }
10090 }
10091
10092 if (htab->glink != NULL
10093 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10094 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10095 {
10096 unsigned char *p;
10097 unsigned char *endp;
10098 bfd_vma res0;
10099
10100 /*
10101 * PIC glink code is the following:
10102 *
10103 * # ith PLT code stub.
10104 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10105 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10106 * mtctr 11
10107 * bctr
10108 *
10109 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10110 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10111 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10112 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10113 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10114 * .
10115 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10116 * res_n_m3: nop
10117 * res_n_m2: nop
10118 * res_n_m1:
10119 *
10120 * PLTresolve:
10121 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10122 * mflr 0
10123 * bcl 20,31,1f
10124 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10125 * mflr 12
10126 * mtlr 0
10127 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10128 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10129 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10130 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10131 * mtctr 0
10132 * add 0,11,11
10133 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10134 * bctr
10135 *
10136 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10137 *
10138 * # ith PLT code stub.
10139 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10140 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10141 * mtctr 11
10142 * bctr
10143 *
10144 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10145 *
10146 * PLTresolve:
10147 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10148 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10149 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10150 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10151 * mtctr 0
10152 * add 0,11,11
10153 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10154 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10155 * bctr
10156 */
10157
10158 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10159 and perhaps some padding. */
10160 p = htab->glink->contents;
10161 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10162 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10163 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10164 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10165 {
10166 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10167 p += 4;
10168 }
10169 while (p < endp)
10170 {
10171 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10172 p += 4;
10173 }
10174
10175 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10176 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10177 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10178
10179 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10180 {
10181 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10182 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10183 glink branch table. */
10184 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10185 bfd_vma page_addr;
10186 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10187 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10188
10189 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10190 page_addr > glink_start;
10191 page_addr -= pagesize)
10192 {
10193 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10194 bfd_byte *loc;
10195 unsigned int insn;
10196
10197 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10198 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10199 if (insn == BCTR)
10200 {
10201 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10202 one other call stub before this one. */
10203 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10204 if (insn == BCTR)
10205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10206 else
10207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10208 }
10209 }
10210 }
10211
10212 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10213 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10214 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10215 {
10216 bfd_vma bcl;
10217
10218 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10219 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10220 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10221
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10223 p += 4;
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10225 p += 4;
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10227 p += 4;
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10229 p += 4;
10230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10231 p += 4;
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10233 p += 4;
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10235 p += 4;
10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10237 p += 4;
10238 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10239 {
10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10241 p += 4;
10242 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10243 p += 4;
10244 }
10245 else
10246 {
10247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10248 p += 4;
10249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10250 p += 4;
10251 }
10252 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10253 p += 4;
10254 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10255 }
10256 else
10257 {
10258 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10259 p += 4;
10260 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10261 p += 4;
10262 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10263 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10264 else
10265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10266 p += 4;
10267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10268 p += 4;
10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10270 p += 4;
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10272 p += 4;
10273 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10275 else
10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10277 }
10278 p += 4;
10279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10280 p += 4;
10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10282 p += 4;
10283 while (p < endp)
10284 {
10285 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10286 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10287 p += 4;
10288 }
10289 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10290 }
10291
10292 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10293 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10294 {
10295 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10296 bfd_vma val;
10297
10298 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10299 /* FDE length. */
10300 p += 4;
10301 /* CIE pointer. */
10302 p += 4;
10303 /* Offset to .glink. */
10304 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10305 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10306 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10307 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10308 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10309 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10310
10311 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10312 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10313 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10314 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10315 return FALSE;
10316 }
10317
10318 return ret;
10319 }
10320 \f
10321 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10322 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10323 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10324 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10325 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10326 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10327 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10328 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10329 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10330 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10331 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10332
10333 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10334 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10335 #endif
10336
10337 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10338 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10339 #endif
10340
10341 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10342 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10343 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10344 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10345 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10346 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10347
10348 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10349 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10350 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10351 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10352 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10353 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10354 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10355 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10356
10357 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10358 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10359 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10360 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10361 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10362 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10363 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10364 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10365 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10366 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10367 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10368 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10369 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10370 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10371 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10372 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10373 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10374 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10375 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10376 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10377 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10378 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10379 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10380 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10381 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10382 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10383 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10384 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10385 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10386
10387 #include "elf32-target.h"
10388
10389 /* FreeBSD Target */
10390
10391 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10392 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10393
10394 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10395 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10396 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10397 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10398
10399 #undef ELF_OSABI
10400 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10401
10402 #undef elf32_bed
10403 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10404
10405 #include "elf32-target.h"
10406
10407 /* VxWorks Target */
10408
10409 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10410 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10411
10412 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10413 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10414 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10415 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10416
10417 #undef ELF_OSABI
10418
10419 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10420 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
10421 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10422 {
10423 if (sec->name == NULL)
10424 return NULL;
10425
10426 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10427 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10428
10429 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10430 }
10431
10432 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10433 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10434 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10435 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10436 {
10437 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10438
10439 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10440 if (ret)
10441 {
10442 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10443 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10444 htab->is_vxworks = 1;
10445 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10446 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10447 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10448 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10449 }
10450 return ret;
10451 }
10452
10453 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10454 static bfd_boolean
10455 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10456 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10457 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10458 const char **namep,
10459 flagword *flagsp,
10460 asection **secp,
10461 bfd_vma *valp)
10462 {
10463 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10464 valp))
10465 return FALSE;
10466
10467 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10468 }
10469
10470 static bfd_boolean
10471 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10472 {
10473 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10474 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10475 }
10476
10477 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10478 define it. */
10479 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10480 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10481 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10482 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10483 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10484 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10485 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10486 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10487 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10488 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10489 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10490 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10491 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10492 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10493
10494 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10495
10496 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10497 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10498 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10499 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10500 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10501 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10502 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10503 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10504 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10505 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10506 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10507 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10508 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10509 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10510 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10511 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10512 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10513 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10514
10515 #undef elf32_bed
10516 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10517
10518 #include "elf32-target.h"
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.29661 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.